AutovaxID Operations Manual

AutovaxID Operations Manual
®
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8500 Evergreen Boulevard
Minneapolis, MN 55433-6000 USA
www.biovest.com
Telephone: (763) 786-0302
Toll-free in the U.S.: (800) 325-1112
After Hours: (763) 786-0302 (voice prompt)
Fax: (763) 786-0915
Email: [email protected]
Biovest International, Inc.
Copyright Notice
© 2014 Biovest International, Inc. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form without the prior written consent of Biovest
International, Inc.
Biovest International, Inc. makes no warranties with respect to this documentation and disclaims any implied
warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Information in this document is subject to
change without notice. Biovest International, Inc. assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this
document.
Trademark Acknowledgements
AutovaxID is a registered trademark of Biovest International, Inc.
CompactFlash is a registered trademark of SanDisk Corporation.
MasterFlex, L/S and Easy-Load are registered trademarks of Cole-Parmer Instrument Company.
Luer and Luer-Lok are trademarks of Becton-Dickinson and Co.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Tygon is a registered trademark of Norton Performance Plastics.
Revision History
Document Number: 700371-000
Revision
Date
Description
A
12/2006
B
2/13/2006
C
7/2010
Add Instructions to Use Simplified Cultureware
D
4/2014
Add ferrite instructions section 2.8, update factor bag info. in section 7
Initial Release
Update to Revision B Software
AutovaxID Operations Manual
i
Biovest International, Inc.
Symbols and Warnings
Symbols and Warnings
This symbol on the instrument indicates high
voltage is present. It is dangerous to make any
kind of contact with any inside part of this
product.
This symbol on the instrument indicates a
warning to observe the maximum CO2 inlet
pressure allowed. Pressures above this value
will cause the pressure relief valve to open
venting CO2 into the room and possible
damage to the instrument.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
ii
Biovest International, Inc.
Symbols and Warnings
WARNING:
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE ANY PANELS
FROM THE INSTRUMENT. THERE ARE NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
WARNING:
If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the
protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.
WARNING:
A properly grounded main supply must be used for safe operation of the
equipment. Connect to an appropriately grounded outlet. Consult local electrical
codes.
CAUTION:
Wherever a caution statement is used, the documentation needs to be consulted
in order to find out the nature of the potential hazard and any action which may
need to be taken. Failure to do so may result in injury or damage to the system.
NOTE:
The power cord serves as the disconnecting device for the instrument. The
instrument must be positioned such that access to the power plug is never
blocked.
NOTE:
All equipment is for indoor use only.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
iii
Biovest International, Inc.
About this Manual
About this Manual
This manual is your guide to operating the AutovaxID system. It contains all of the information that you
will need for its operation including:

How to set up the system

How to set up and inoculate the cultureware

How to control the growth and production conditions for the cell culture

How to set up harvesting

How to complete the production run
A thorough understanding of this manual and the system is necessary before using the AutovaxID. The
first section of this manual describes the overall system and its theory of operation, and introduces its
components and user interface. Section 2 explains how to unpack and setup your AutovaxID
instrument for use. The third section details the AutovaxID process control capabilities and functions. In
Sections 4, 5 and 6, an operator can learn to navigate, use, and interpret the AutovaxID user interface
screens and configure the instrument. The seventh section provides details of operation, including
information about the cultureware. It also provides a walk-through of setting up the instrument for a new
cell culture run. Section 8 provides specific information to operate simplified cultureware, which are
useful when small-scale productions or development runs are necessary. Finally, the last sections
provide details about troubleshooting, remote access, and instrument specifications. We have also
provided a list of consumable items that you may need to re-order from Biovest or your local supplier.
We hope that this manual will assist you in understanding how an AutovaxID cell culture run is
managed, from start to finish. As you become familiar with the system, you may choose to modify
procedures and to apply more details to the operation of the system. Please contact Biovest Account
Services with any questions or concerns that you may have that are not covered by this manual.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
iv
Biovest International, Inc.
Service and Support
Service and Support
Contact Biovest International’s Account Services department for:
•
Technical Service
•
Field Service
•
Customer Service
•
Sales Information
We are always willing to discuss your questions, suggestions, or problems with the AutovaxID® cell
culture system.
Account Services is available weekdays from 8:00 – 5:00 Central Time (GMT-6). Our contact
information is on the manual’s cover page. After-hours telephone callers hear recorded instructions for
emergency technical assistance. Keep a copy of our telephone number posted near the AutovaxID for
quick reference!
Technical Service
Contact us with any question you have when operating the AutovaxID instrument or cultureware.
Please be ready to provide as much detailed information as possible, including: instrument serial
number, cultureware manufacturing lot number, printed or electronic run log, process alarms,
chronology leading to the situation, relevant previous run experiences, etc.
Customer Service
The Parts List (chapter 13) has ordering information for common items.
Field Service
The Parts List (chapter 13) has important information about Calibration and Preventive Maintenance
services that keep your AutovaxID operating optimally and consistently to ensure its highest production,
lowest operating cost, and minimal unplanned downtime. We offer a Full Service Contract to simplify
maintenance of the instrument over its many years of usage. If it is malfunctioning, we provide full
repair services. AutovaxID is not user-serviceable.
Sales Support
We’re happy to help you purchase any of Biovest’s products or services!
AutovaxID Operations Manual
v
Biovest International, Inc.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Symbols and Warnings ....................................................................................................................... ii
About this Manual ............................................................................................................................... iv
Service and Support ............................................................................................................................ v
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................................... vi
1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.1 Hollow Fiber Theory ............................................................................................................. 1-1
1.1.1 Bioreactor Technology ........................................................................................... 1-2
1.1.2 AutovaxID Technology Difference .......................................................................... 1-3
1.1.3 The Intracapillary Circuit ........................................................................................ 1-3
1.1.4 The Extracapillary Circuit ....................................................................................... 1-4
1.2 EC Cycling Theory ............................................................................................................... 1-4
1.2.1 EC Rise ................................................................................................................. 1-5
1.2.2 EC Fall ................................................................................................................... 1-5
1.3 System Description .............................................................................................................. 1-6
1.3.1 LCD Touchscreen .................................................................................................. 1-8
1.3.2 Refrigerator............................................................................................................ 1-8
1.3.3 Peristaltic Pump Module ........................................................................................ 1-9
1.3.4 Cultureware Interface Panel................................................................................... 1-9
1.3.5 Disposable Cultureware ....................................................................................... 1-11
1.3.6 Process Control Software .................................................................................... 1-12
1.3.7 AutovaxID Connectivity ........................................................................................ 1-13
1.3.8 AutovaxID Distinctions ......................................................................................... 1-13
2
Instrument Setup ........................................................................................................................ 2-1
2.1 Space Requirements ............................................................................................................ 2-3
2.2 Power Requirements ............................................................................................................ 2-3
2.3 Unpacking Instructions ......................................................................................................... 2-3
2.4 Moving Instructions .............................................................................................................. 2-4
2.5 Voltage Selection ................................................................................................................. 2-4
2.6 Fuse Installation ................................................................................................................... 2-6
2.7 Gas Connections.................................................................................................................. 2-7
2.7.1 CO2 Supply ............................................................................................................ 2-7
2.7.2 Offgas Collection ................................................................................................... 2-8
2.8 Ethernet Connection............................................................................................................. 2-8
2.9 Bar Code Scanner Connection ............................................................................................. 2-9
2.10 Power Up ........................................................................................................................... 2-9
2.11 External Computer Connection......................................................................................... 2-10
AutovaxID Operations Manual
vi
Biovest International, Inc.
Table of Contents
3
Introduction to the Process Control Software .......................................................................... 3-1
3.1 pH Control ............................................................................................................................ 3-2
3.2 Lactate Control ..................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3 Media Temperature Control.................................................................................................. 3-4
3.4 Refrigerator Temperature Control......................................................................................... 3-5
3.5 Cycling Control ..................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.6 Alarms .................................................................................................................................. 3-6
3.7 Data Archive ...................................................................................................................... 3-10
4
Introduction to the User Interface .............................................................................................. 4-1
4.1 Startup ................................................................................................................................. 4-2
4.2 User Interface Features........................................................................................................ 4-3
4.2.1 Title Bar ................................................................................................................. 4-3
4.2.2 Information Panels ................................................................................................. 4-3
4.2.3 Buttons .................................................................................................................. 4-3
4.2.4 Fields ..................................................................................................................... 4-4
4.3 Data Entry ............................................................................................................................ 4-5
4.3.1 Time Field .............................................................................................................. 4-7
4.3.2 Date Field .............................................................................................................. 4-7
4.3.3 Selection Fields ..................................................................................................... 4-7
4.3.4 Schedule Field ....................................................................................................... 4-7
4.4 Help ..................................................................................................................................... 4-8
4.5 Remote Computer Access.................................................................................................... 4-9
4.6 Access Restrictions .............................................................................................................. 4-9
5
Primary User Interface Screens ................................................................................................. 5-1
5.1 Monitor Screen ..................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 Elapsed Time ......................................................................................................... 5-2
5.1.2 State ...................................................................................................................... 5-2
5.1.3 Hold Button ............................................................................................................ 5-4
5.1.4 Menu Button .......................................................................................................... 5-7
5.1.5 Help Button ............................................................................................................ 5-7
5.1.6 Flowpath Status ..................................................................................................... 5-7
5.1.7 pH Control Screen ................................................................................................. 5-8
5.1.8 Lactate Screen ...................................................................................................... 5-9
5.1.9 Cycle Detail Screen ............................................................................................... 5-9
5.1.10 Media Temperature Screen ................................................................................. 5-11
5.1.11 Refrigerator Temperature Screen ........................................................................ 5-12
5.1.12 Outflow Detail Screen .......................................................................................... 5-13
5.1.13 Media Detail Screen............................................................................................. 5-14
5.1.14 Factor Detail Screen ............................................................................................ 5-15
5.1.15 Harvest Detail Screen .......................................................................................... 5-17
5.1.16 Circulation Detail Screen...................................................................................... 5-18
5.2 Main Menu ......................................................................................................................... 5-19
5.3 Run Menu .......................................................................................................................... 5-19
AutovaxID Operations Manual
vii
Biovest International, Inc.
Table of Contents
5.4
Run Settings 1 Screen ....................................................................................................... 5-21
5.4.1 Factor Add IC ...................................................................................................... 5-24
5.4.2 Factor Add EC ..................................................................................................... 5-24
5.4.3 Cycle Delay Time................................................................................................. 5-24
5.4.4 EC Rise Time ...................................................................................................... 5-24
5.4.5 EC Fall Time ........................................................................................................ 5-25
5.5 Run Settings 2 Screen ....................................................................................................... 5-25
5.5.1 Outflow Controller ................................................................................................ 5-26
5.5.2 Media Controller .................................................................................................. 5-27
5.5.3 Media Pump Schedule Setup............................................................................... 5-29
5.5.4 Media Pump Lactate Controller Setup ................................................................. 5-30
5.5.5 Factor Controller .................................................................................................. 5-31
5.5.6 Factor Pump Schedule Setup .............................................................................. 5-33
5.5.7 Factor Pump Schedule Tied to Harvest Pump Schedule...................................... 5-34
5.5.8 Factor Pump Time-Cycle Controller Setup ........................................................... 5-35
5.5.9 Harvest Controller ................................................................................................ 5-37
5.5.10 Harvest Pump Schedule Setup ............................................................................ 5-38
5.5.11 Harvest Pump Time-Cycle Controller Setup ......................................................... 5-40
5.5.12 Circulation Controller ........................................................................................... 5-41
5.5.13 Circulation Pump Schedule Setup ........................................................................ 5-42
5.6 Run Settings 3 Screen ....................................................................................................... 5-44
5.6.1 pH Setpoint .......................................................................................................... 5-44
5.6.2 Media Temperature Setpoint................................................................................ 5-45
5.6.3 Refrigerator Temperature Setpoint....................................................................... 5-45
5.7 Alarm Settings 1 Screen ..................................................................................................... 5-46
5.8 Alarm Settings 2 Screen ..................................................................................................... 5-47
5.9 Alarm/Log Screen .............................................................................................................. 5-49
5.9.1 Alarm Handling .................................................................................................... 5-50
5.9.2 Log Entry ............................................................................................................. 5-50
5.9.3 Verify Log ............................................................................................................ 5-51
5.9.4 Log Screen .......................................................................................................... 5-52
5.9.5 Log View Options................................................................................................. 5-54
5.10 Flowpath Screen .............................................................................................................. 5-56
5.11 Setup Screen ................................................................................................................... 5-59
5.12 Advanced Menu ............................................................................................................... 5-60
5.12.1 Advanced Run Menu ........................................................................................... 5-61
5.12.2 Overrides Screen ................................................................................................. 5-64
5.12.3 Cycle Overrides ................................................................................................... 5-65
5.12.4 Gas Overrides...................................................................................................... 5-66
5.12.5 Factor Valve Overrides ........................................................................................ 5-66
5.12.6 Harvest Valve Overrides ...................................................................................... 5-66
5.12.7 Pump Overrides ................................................................................................... 5-67
AutovaxID Operations Manual
viii
Biovest International, Inc.
6
Table of Contents
Software Setup & Configuration ................................................................................................ 6-1
6.1 System Features Screen ...................................................................................................... 6-2
6.1.1 Instrument Name ................................................................................................... 6-2
6.1.2 Server Confirmation Required................................................................................ 6-2
6.1.3 Strict Mode ............................................................................................................ 6-3
6.1.4 Audible Alarm Used ............................................................................................... 6-4
6.1.5 Passwords Expire (days) ....................................................................................... 6-4
6.1.6 Minimum Password Length .................................................................................... 6-4
6.1.7 Logoff Timeout (min) .............................................................................................. 6-4
6.1.8 Status Logging (min) .............................................................................................. 6-4
6.1.9 Status Logging On ................................................................................................. 6-5
6.2 Network Configuration Screen .............................................................................................. 6-5
6.2.1 IP Address ............................................................................................................. 6-5
6.2.2 Automatic Address Configuration ........................................................................... 6-6
6.2.3 Browser Remote Control........................................................................................ 6-6
6.2.4 Network Write Control ............................................................................................ 6-7
6.3 Date and Time Screen ......................................................................................................... 6-7
6.3.1 Time ...................................................................................................................... 6-8
6.3.2 Date ....................................................................................................................... 6-8
6.4 Run Configuration 1 Screen ................................................................................................. 6-8
6.4.1 Auto Load Run Settings ......................................................................................... 6-9
6.4.2 Initial Circulation Rate ............................................................................................ 6-9
6.4.3 Initial Media Rate ................................................................................................... 6-9
6.4.4 Fill/Flush Media Rate ........................................................................................... 6-10
6.4.5 Harvest Line Volume ........................................................................................... 6-10
6.5 Diagnostic Menu Screen .................................................................................................... 6-11
6.6 User Accounts Screen........................................................................................................ 6-12
6.6.1 Administrator Account Setup................................................................................ 6-12
6.6.2 User Account Setup by an Administrator.............................................................. 6-18
6.6.3 Logon/Logoff Status ............................................................................................. 6-20
6.6.4 Initial Logon Procedure for New Users ................................................................. 6-22
6.7 Touch Calibration Screen ................................................................................................... 6-24
6.8 Network Log Printing .......................................................................................................... 6-24
6.8.1 Printer IP Address................................................................................................ 6-25
6.8.2 Pages per Sheet .................................................................................................. 6-25
6.8.3 Log Selection ....................................................................................................... 6-25
6.8.4 Test Print ............................................................................................................. 6-26
6.8.5 Print Log .............................................................................................................. 6-26
AutovaxID Operations Manual
ix
Biovest International, Inc.
7
Table of Contents
Operating Procedures ................................................................................................................ 7-1
7.1 Outline of a Cell Culture Run ................................................................................................ 7-1
7.2 Biological Preparation .......................................................................................................... 7-2
7.2.1 Cell Line Characterization ...................................................................................... 7-2
7.2.2 Media Preparation ................................................................................................. 7-3
7.2.3 Media Sterilization ................................................................................................. 7-4
7.2.4 Media Quality Control ............................................................................................ 7-4
7.2.5 Scale-Up of Cells for Inoculation ............................................................................ 7-4
7.3 Cultureware Setup Procedures ............................................................................................ 7-5
7.3.1 Cultureware Description......................................................................................... 7-5
7.3.2 Factor Bag Set Description .................................................................................... 7-7
7.3.3 Cultureware Preparation ........................................................................................ 7-8
7.3.4 Filling the Factor Bags ......................................................................................... 7-10
7.3.5 Cultureware Installation ....................................................................................... 7-13
7.4 Run Settings ...................................................................................................................... 7-14
7.4.1 Setup Run............................................................................................................ 7-14
7.4.2 Setup Run 1......................................................................................................... 7-16
7.4.3 Setup Run 2......................................................................................................... 7-17
7.4.4 Setup Run 3......................................................................................................... 7-18
7.4.5 Instrument/Cultureware Pressure Test ................................................................. 7-19
7.5 Fill/Flush Procedure ........................................................................................................... 7-21
7.6 Pre-Inoculation Procedure .................................................................................................. 7-29
7.6.1 Initial pH Calibration ............................................................................................. 7-30
7.6.2 Factor Addition .................................................................................................... 7-34
7.7 Inoculation Procedure ........................................................................................................ 7-39
7.7.1 Inoculation Step 1 ................................................................................................ 7-39
7.7.2 Inoculation Step 2 ................................................................................................ 7-40
7.8 Cycling ............................................................................................................................... 7-42
7.9 Mid-Run pH Calibrations .................................................................................................... 7-43
7.10 pH Calibration Schedule ................................................................................................... 7-45
7.11 Mid-Run Lactate Calibration ............................................................................................. 7-45
7.12 Recommended Run Tasks ............................................................................................... 7-47
7.12.1 Daily Tasks .......................................................................................................... 7-47
7.12.2 Periodic Tasks ..................................................................................................... 7-47
7.13 IC Sampling Procedure .................................................................................................... 7-48
7.14 EC Sampling Procedure (Pre-Filter) ................................................................................. 7-49
7.15 Harvest (Supernatant) Sampling Procedure (Post-Filter) .................................................. 7-50
7.16 Cell Filter Bypass Clamp .................................................................................................. 7-50
7.17 Replacing Pump Containers ............................................................................................. 7-50
7.18 Container Capacity Change ............................................................................................. 7-55
7.19 Pump Rate Change .......................................................................................................... 7-55
7.20 Cell Removal from the EC Reservoir ................................................................................ 7-55
7.21 Cell Removal for End of Production (EOP) Cell Bank ....................................................... 7-57
7.22 End of Run ....................................................................................................................... 7-57
7.23 Cultureware Removal and Disposal Procedure ................................................................ 7-59
7.24 Data Archive..................................................................................................................... 7-59
7.25 Production Guidelines ...................................................................................................... 7-60
7.26 Optimization Guidelines.................................................................................................... 7-61
7.26.1 Inoculation Guidelines .......................................................................................... 7-61
7.26.2 Circulation Rate Guidelines .................................................................................. 7-62
7.26.3 Cycling Guidelines ............................................................................................... 7-62
AutovaxID Operations Manual
x
Biovest International, Inc.
7.27
8
Table of Contents
7.26.4 Harvesting Guidelines .......................................................................................... 7-63
7.26.5 Factor Requirements ........................................................................................... 7-63
7.26.6 Serum-Free Media ............................................................................................... 7-64
Maintenance..................................................................................................................... 7-65
7.27.1 Cultureware Storage ............................................................................................ 7-65
7.27.2 Exterior Cleaning ................................................................................................. 7-65
7.27.3 Inlet Fan Filter Cleaning ....................................................................................... 7-65
7.27.4 Refrigerator Defrosting ......................................................................................... 7-66
7.27.5 Calibration............................................................................................................ 7-66
7.27.6 Preventive Maintenance....................................................................................... 7-66
Simplified Cultureware Usage .................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1 Simplified Cultureware Description ....................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Simplified Cultureware Versions ........................................................................................... 8-1
8.3 Simplified Cultureware: Retained Features .......................................................................... 8-2
8.4 Simplified Cultureware: Removed Features ......................................................................... 8-2
8.5 Simplified Cultureware Flowpath Schematic ......................................................................... 8-4
8.5.1 Intracapillary Circuit Components .......................................................................... 8-5
8.5.2 Extracapillary Circuit Components ......................................................................... 8-6
8.6 Pumping Factor and Harvest ................................................................................................ 8-8
8.7 pH Control Options ............................................................................................................... 8-9
8.7.1 Manual pH Control ................................................................................................. 8-9
8.7.2 Automatic pH Control with Reusable pH Probe ...................................................... 8-9
8.7.3 Automatic pH Control with Pre-Sterilized pH Probe ............................................... 8-9
8.8 Using Manual pH Control (no pH Probe) ............................................................................ 8-10
8.9 Using a Reusable pH Probe ............................................................................................... 8-12
8.9.1 Reusable pH Probe Validation ............................................................................. 8-12
8.9.2 Reusable pH Probe Assembly ............................................................................. 8-14
8.9.3 Reusable pH Probe Autoclave-Sterilization.......................................................... 8-15
8.9.4 Reusable pH Probe Installation into the Cultureware ........................................... 8-16
8.10 Using a Disposable pH Probe........................................................................................... 8-18
8.11 Factor and Harvest Container Options ............................................................................. 8-20
8.12 Starting a Run Using Simplified Cultureware .................................................................... 8-21
8.13 Using Factor Prime........................................................................................................... 8-25
8.14 Removal and Storage of pH Probe Items ......................................................................... 8-26
AutovaxID Operations Manual
xi
Biovest International, Inc.
9
Table of Contents
Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................... 9-1
10 Remote Access ......................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1 Home Page ...................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 Remote Control ................................................................................................................ 10-3
10.3 Log Web Pages ................................................................................................................ 10-5
10.3.1 Saving a Log ........................................................................................................ 10-6
10.3.2 Viewing a Log ...................................................................................................... 10-8
10.4 Alternative Remote Access .............................................................................................. 10-9
11 Specifications............................................................................................................................ 11-1
12 Glossary .................................................................................................................................... 12-1
13 Parts List ................................................................................................................................... 13-1
AutovaxID Operations Manual
xii
Biovest International, Inc.
1
Introduction
Introduction
The AutovaxID is an automated mammalian cell culture system that has been designed to
produce cell-secreted products quickly, economically, and in quantities appropriate for mid-scale
production. The AutovaxID is managed by the AutovaxID User Interface Application, its built-in
process control software. The AutovaxID User Interface Application is an automated system that
provides the means to create an optimal environment for cell growth and production. The
AutovaxID combines system control with system flexibility.
The AutovaxID system consists of:

The AutovaxID cell culture instrument

A disposable, single-use, sterile flowpath
1.1
Hollow Fiber Theory
The AutovaxID cell culture system is based on hollow fiber technology. Its sterile,
disposable flowpath, or cultureware, integrates a hollow fiber bioreactor wherein both
suspension- and anchorage-dependent cells can be grown. The AutovaxID system
monitors and controls the flowpath environment, mimicking a mammalian body, so that
the cells maintain optimal growth and production. In fact, using the analogy of a
mammalian body, we can describe how the system functions.
The hollow fibers inside the bioreactor function like capillaries: cells are grown in the
space surrounding the outside of the hollow fibers; cell culture growth media, the “blood”
of the system, flows through the hollow fibers. The media carries fresh nutrients and
oxygen to the cells while carrying away cell wastes such as ammonia and CO2. Media is
circulated through the bioreactor using a circulation pump that acts as the “heart” of the
system.
The “lungs” of the system, a gas-exchange cartridge (GEX), perfuses an air and CO2
gas mixture into the media, oxygenating it while maintaining the prescribed pH setpoint.
The process control computer is the “brain” of the AutovaxID. It monitors and controls
the various parts of the system, ensuring that the environmental conditions are
maintained within their optimal prescribed ranges.
The cell-secreted products remain in a circuit separate from the metabolic waste
products, and may be harvested by activating a separate pump.
With these general concepts in mind, the following detailed description will give you an
understanding of the operational aspects of the AutovaxID.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-1
Biovest International, Inc.
1.1.1
Introduction
Bioreactor Technology
The core of all hollow fiber-based mammalian cell culture systems is the hollow
fiber bioreactor (BRX). The bioreactor is a plastic cylindrical housing containing
thousands of hollow fibers that are encapsulated at each end of the tube, thereby
isolating the interior of the fibers from the exterior fibers, expect through their
pores. The volume within the bioreactor outside of the hollow fibers is known as
the extracapillary space (ECS); the volume inside of the hollow fibers is known as
the intracapillary space (ICS) (see Figure 1-1). The ECS and ICS are isolated
from one another inside the bioreactor, although small molecules can move
through the pores of the fibers. Cells are grown in the ECS; growth media is
circulated through the ICS.
The fibers perform two primary functions: they provide a substrate upon which
the cells can grow, and they are semi-permeable, thereby permitting the
exchange of nutrients and wastes. The pores have a nominal molecular weight
cut-off (MWCO) of 10,000 Daltons (10kDa). These pores allow small molecular
weight molecules, such as glucose and ammonia, to move freely across the fiber,
while the cells, added growth factors, and large molecular weight products
produced by the cells remain in the ECS.
Figure 1-1: Bioreactor ECS & ICS
As the circulation pump moves growth media into and through the hollow fiber, a
high relative pressure is created within the ICS. This high relative pressure forces
media through the pores of the hollow fibers and into the ECS near the proximal
end (entrance) of the bioreactor. As media flows into the ECS, the pressure in
the ICS drops and continues to do so along the length of the fiber. Near the distal
end (exit) of the bioreactor, high relative pressure in the ECS forces media to
flow back into the ICS, carrying with it the low molecular weight-metabolic waste
from the cell culture (see Figure 1-1). Due to the ECS flow along the length of the
bioreactor, the cells at the entrance of the bioreactor are exposed to fresh media
with greater levels of oxygen and nutrients than the cells at the outlet end, which
are exposed to conditioned media. This process is known as the Starling Effect
and can be detrimental to the culture as it can push growth factors and cells to
the distal end of the bioreactor.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-2
Biovest International, Inc.
1.1.2
Introduction
AutovaxID Technology Difference
To overcome the problems of the Starling Effect in conventional hollow fiber
systems, Biovest employs patented EC Cycling technology. EC Cycling reengineers fluid-flow dynamics within the hollow fiber bioreactor. EC Cycling
achieves a uniform perfusion of the high density cell culture. The result is a more
homogeneous culture environment with minimal gradients and anoxic microenvironments. The benefits of EC Cycling include optimized culture growth,
increased longevity, and improved productivity.
Think of the AutovaxID system as having two separate fluid circuits: one for the
cells and cell components - the Extracapillary Circuit (EC), and one for the
growth media and oxygen transfer - the Intracapillary Circuit (IC). The
Intracapillary Circuit connects to the ICS In and ICS Out ports of the bioreactor.
Similarly, the Extracapillary Circuit connects to the ECS In and ECS Out ports of
the bioreactor. The Intracapillary and Extracapillary Circuits intersect only at the
fiber membrane of the bioreactor. These two fluid circuits, with their fluid
reservoirs and other components, constitute the flowpath of the system.
1.1.3
The Intracapillary Circuit
The Intracapillary Circuit (IC) is the part of the flowpath that coincides with the
inside of the fibers in the bioreactor. The IC includes:

The IC Reservoir: where media and factors are added to the system and
waste is removed

The circulation pump

The gas exchange cartridge (GEX): used to control pH and re-oxygenate
the cell culture media

The IC flowpath tubing

The ICS of the bioreactor

The probes used for monitoring the pH and temperature of the system
When the circulation pump is running, the majority of the IC media circulates
within the IC, but a small portion of the IC media also passes through the hollow
fiber wall and enters the Extracapillary Circuit.
This half of the flowpath (the IC) is basically the same as in a conventional hollow
fiber system. If left to circulate this way, the Starling Effect would create nutrient
and waste gradients which would not permit optimized production.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-3
Biovest International, Inc.
1.1.4
Introduction
The Extracapillary Circuit
While the IC in the AutovaxID systems is similar to those in conventional hollow
fiber systems, the AutovaxID system incorporates a unique Extracapillary Circuit
(EC). The EC is necessary to enable the EC Cycling process. The EC is
connected to the ECS where the cells grow and produce cell-secreted products.
The EC includes:
1.2

The EC Reservoir

Two check valves which direct the flow within the EC

The ECS of the bioreactor

The EC flowpath tubing
EC Cycling Theory
EC Cycling (Cycling) is the process of alternating the pressure differential between the
IC and EC to induce fluid flow across the membrane of the hollow fibers
(transmembrane). This alternating flow of media between IC and EC acts to mix the
media in the ECS and greatly reduces microenvironments and gradients within the
bioreactor that would otherwise be detrimental to the health and productivity of the cell
culture.
Cycling has two phases: EC Rise and EC Fall (see Figure 1-2).
Figure 1-2: EC Rise and EC Fall
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-4
Biovest International, Inc.
1.2.1
Introduction
EC Rise
During an EC Rise, the IC pressure is greater than the EC pressure. In the
AutovaxID, the pressure differential is induced pneumatically using the system’s
integral air pump and pressure control electronics. The air pressure is applied to
the IC at the IC reservoir. The circulation pump also contributes some net
pressure to the IC.
The IC/EC pressure differential causes cell culture media within the ICS to slowly
but continuously flow across the semi-permeable hollow fiber membrane into the
ECS. The result is a net transfer of media from the IC to the EC. Thus, cells are
provided fresh media, including small molecular weight components. As media is
transferred from the IC to the EC, the media level in the IC reservoir decreases
and the media level in the EC reservoir increases, hence it is referred to as “EC
Rise.”
1.2.2
EC Fall
When the fluid in the EC reservoir reaches a defined upper limit, the AutovaxID
process control system reduces the IC pressure and increases the EC pressure.
Similar to EC Rise, the EC pressure is increased pneumatically at the EC
reservoir. When the EC pressure exceeds the IC pressure, media flows from the
ECS into the ICS, taking with it small molecular weight wastes such as lactate
and ammonia. Since the media level in the EC reservoir decreases during this
portion of the cycle, it is referred to as “EC Fall.”
When the level of media in the EC reservoir reaches its defined minimum level,
the process starts over with another EC Rise.
During both EC Rise and EC Fall, the IC and EC pressures are continuously monitored
and controlled by the AutovaxID system to achieve the EC Cycling parameters that have
been setup by the operator (see Section 5.4). The AutovaxID process control software
allows an operator to program two independent parameters of EC Cycling: 1) the EC
Rise time, and 2) the EC Fall time. The transfer volume between the IC and EC cannot
be programmed and is approximately 70mL. To attain these cycling parameters, the
system uses optical sensors and a limit flag to monitor the high and low fluid level in the
EC reservoir, thereby triggering the switch between cycle phases. Depending upon the
elapsed time for the cycle phase, the system adaptively regulates the pressures applied
to the IC and EC reservoirs to meet the desired cycle times.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-5
Biovest International, Inc.
1.3
Introduction
System Description
In addition to Biovest’s proprietary EC Cycling technology, the AutovaxID provides
sophisticated process control capabilities. Process control is managed by a proprietary
user interface application developed by Biovest International. The application operates
on a single-board computer that is integrated into the AutovaxID; all user interface
functions can be performed on the integrated LCD touchscreen. The AutovaxID software
can monitor and/or control a variety of process parameters, including, but not limited to:

pH

Lactate Concentration

Incubator Temperature

EC Cycling Rates (EC Rise & EC Fall)

Circulation Pump Rate

Peristaltic Pump Rates (Outflow, Media, Factor, Harvest)

Refrigerator Temperature
The AutovaxID software can display the current culture status and the collected run
data, as well as monitor and analyze ongoing changes to the cell culture environment.
The software can use that information to control the cell culture environment for the
duration of the culture run.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-6
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction
Circulation Flow
Sensor
Heater Duct
(Warm Air)
Gassing
Connections
LCD
Touchscreen
Heater Duct
(Cold Air Return)
Rotary Valves
Media
Temperature
Probe
Cycling Sensors
pH Probe
Connector
Circulation
Pump
Refrigerator
Door
Pump Loading
Knob
Peristaltic
Pumps
Figure 1-3: AutovaxID Instrument, Front View
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-7
Biovest International, Inc.
1.3.1
Introduction
LCD Touchscreen
The AutovaxID utilizes an LCD touchscreen as its primary method of user
interface. It is located on the upper right of the instrument, above the refrigerator
(see Figure 1-3). The touchscreen is used to both monitor and operate the
system; it is the primary method for operators to interact with the AutovaxID
software. The display is sensitive to touch and can be used with either bare or
gloved hands. Rather than using a traditional keyboard or mouse, operators
merely touch on-screen keys or buttons to navigate the software and provide
input. A light touch is all that is needed for the system to sense; excessive force
or the use of hard or sharp objects can damage the touchscreen.
CAUTION!
Do not spray the touchscreen to clean it.
Dampen a cloth with water and gently wipe the display clean.
Do not use alcohol other cleaners/solvents, as they may damage the
screen!
1.3.2
Refrigerator
The refrigerator provides a cool, temperature-controlled environment for storing
growth factors and harvested product. The refrigerator does not use a traditional
compressor or refrigerant. Instead, the refrigerator compartment is kept cool
using a solid-state thermo-electric (Peltier) chiller. The refrigerator temperature
may be set by the operator and is monitored and controlled by the AutovaxID
control software. Periodic calibration is required.
WARNING!
Setting the refrigerator temperature below 4°C can cause any fluid contained
inside to freeze and may cause the Harvest and/or Factor lines to rupture,
subsequently compromising sterility.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-8
Biovest International, Inc.
1.3.3
Introduction
Peristaltic Pump Module
The peristaltic pump module consists of four independent peristaltic pump motors
and their control electronics. The module is mounted inside the instrument
cabinet, on the lower left side beneath the cultureware platform (see Figure 1-3).
The four pumps are dedicated to specific flowpath functions and are controlled by
the AutovaxID software. The four pumps are, from left to right:

Outflow: pumps waste media out of the cultureware to a customersupplied waste container

Media: pumps fresh media into the IC from a customer-supplied media
container

Factor: pumps growth factor into the cultureware (IC and/or EC) from its
integrated factor bags located in the refrigerator. Use is optional, though
recommended.

Harvest: pumps product out of the cultureware into its integrated harvest
bags located in the refrigerator.
The media, factor, and harvest pump rates are defined by the operator; the
outflow pump rate is automatically controlled by the AutovaxID software. All
pumps have active feedback so that a stall or race condition can be detected and
reported to the operator.
The pump tubing is put in to the pumps by the operator using a pre-loaded pump
cassette that is included with the sterile cultureware. The pump cassette is
installed to the pump module using the knob on the left side of the instrument.
The pump module can detect the presence of the pump cassette; the AutovaxID
software will report if the cassette is not loaded properly.
1.3.4
Cultureware Interface Panel
The cultureware interface panel is the area of the instrument that contains all of
the components that mate with the disposable cultureware, including:

Circulation Pump: this is a magnetically-coupled motor that mates with a
disposable pump head in the sterile cultureware. The circulation pump
rate is defined by the operator and is controlled by the AutovaxID
software.

Circulation Flow Sensor: this sensor couples with a disposable flow cell
in the sterile cultureware. It detects the IC media flow rate and provides
feedback to the circulation pump control algorithm.

Rotary Valves: these cam-style valves occlude various tubes in the
flowpath at different stages throughout a cell culture run. The valves are
controlled by the AutovaxID software and have active position feedback.
The tubing is automatically positioned on the valves when the cultureware
is loaded to the instrument by an operator.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-9
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction

Gassing Connections: these four ports interact with two different
systems in the cultureware. Two of the ports provide pressure to the IC
and EC reservoirs for cycling; one port provides a mixture of air and CO2
to the gas exchange cartridge; the remaining port is the exhaust port for
the gasses expelled from the gas exchange cartridge. All ports interact
with the AutovaxID gassing system and are mated to the cultureware
automatically when it is loaded to the instrument by an operator.

Heater Ducts: these circulate air from the incubator through a
thermoelectric heater that is housed in the instrument. The incubator is
the cultureware enclosure. The incubator (media) temperature is defined
by the operator and is controlled by the AutovaxID software.

Media Temperature Probe: this sensor couples with a disposable
temperature well in the sterile cultureware. This probe is not wetted. The
probe temperature provides feedback to the heater controller and is
reported in the AutovaxID software for operator reference.

pH Connector: this connector mates with a two-pin connector on the
disposable pH probe that is included in the sterile cultureware. The pH
probe is not re-usable and requires no operator intervention prior to use.
The pH is used to measure the condition of the cell culture and is
reported by the AutovaxID software for operator reference. The pH may
be used to automatically control the gas blend through the gas exchange
cartridge. It also provides feedback to the optional lactate controller
algorithm. The connector mates automatically when the cultureware is
loaded to the instrument by the operator.

Cycling Sensors: these two photoelectric sensors interact with the
cycling mechanism in the cultureware to detect the high and low fluid
level limits of the EC reservoir. They are non-contact sensors and are
housed in the instrument cabinet behind a clear polycarbonate window.
The cycling sensors provide feedback to the cycling algorithm.
None of the components on the instrument side of the cultureware interface
panel are wetted; all of them stay with the instrument. The offgas port (one of the
four gassing ports) may occasionally come in contact with condensate from the
gas exchange cartridge. Condensate in the offgas is normal and will not harm the
instrument.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-10
Biovest International, Inc.
1.3.5
Introduction
Disposable Cultureware
The AutovaxID cultureware is shipped pre-assembled and pre-sterilized by
Biovest International. Each cultureware set is for single use only and is
disposable.
WARNING!
The cultureware is not intended to be reused. Reusing a cultureware
may pose a hazard to the operator and may cause undesired results
and/or damage to the instrument.
Each disposable cultureware includes the following components:

Hollow fiber bioreactor

Gas exchange cartridge

In-line media temperature well

Media flow sensor adapter

In-line pH probe

Circulation pump head

IC and EC bags in cycling fixture

Pre-loaded pump cassette

Harvest Bags and Filter

Incubator Enclosure

Tubing & fittings
NOTE: The pH probe and temperature well are integrated in the
disposable cultureware. They are not re-usable and must be discarded
with the cultureware.
All wetted components have been certified USP VI or have been tested to ensure
that they are not cytotoxic.
The cultureware is completely enclosed. The enclosure panels are constructed of
clear high-impact plastic so that the flowpath can be easily observed by the
operator. The enclosure also serves as the incubator and confines the heated
cell culture environment.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-11
Biovest International, Inc.
1.3.6
Introduction
Process Control Software
The AutovaxID control software enables operators to monitor and control all
system functions, including flowpath pH, media temperature, cycling time and
pressure, calculated lactate concentration, peristaltic pump rates, and circulation
pump rate. In addition, the process control software allows operators to start and
stop cell culture runs, calibrate sensors, control the refrigerator temperature, and
record events.
The process control software operates on a single board computer that is
integrated into the AutovaxID. The operating system, user interface application,
and all recorded data are stored on a CompactFlash card. Several other microprocessor based boards integrated throughout the instrument cooperatively
control the sub-systems: the peristaltic pump module, the gassing module, the
rotary valves, the incubator heater, etc.
The AutovaxID process control software allows operators to perform the following
primary functions:

Configure the system hardware

Establish operating parameters

Identify operators using usernames and passwords

If desired, restrict the sequence of operation that the operator must follow

Enter raw materials information into the log (media lot, factor lot, etc.)

Start, manage, and stop production runs

Monitor system functions and generate alarms for out of tolerance
parameters

View, backup and print log data (via remote computer)

Calibrate integral instrument sensors (service personnel only)

Diagnose system electronics (service personnel only)
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-12
Biovest International, Inc.
1.3.7
Introduction
AutovaxID Connectivity
The most basic configuration of the AutovaxID is a stand-alone instrument that is
not connected to a network. As a stand-alone instrument, it is fully capable of all
functions necessary for a successful cell culture production run.
However, to enable remote access, the AutovaxID must be connected to a local
area network (LAN). Remote access will permit an operator to monitor the
AutovaxID status and make process control changes from outside the laboratory
using a standard web browser. A LAN connection and external computer are also
required for archiving production logs. Please refer to Section 10 for details about
accessing the system remotely.
CAUTION!
Security is the responsibility of the end user. To minimize security concerns,
the AutovaxID should be connected to an isolated network that only allows
secure logons. Biovest does not recommend connecting the AutovaxID to the
company-wide network or to a network that is accessible via the public
internet.
1.3.8
AutovaxID Distinctions
The AutovaxID system offers the advantage of compliance with FDA’s 21 CFR
Part 11 guidelines for a closed system and continuous production, while retaining
ease of use, both in terms of operating procedures and operator training.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
1-13
Biovest International, Inc.
2
Instrument Setup
Instrument Setup
The initial setup of the AutovaxID system requires electrical power, a CO2 supply, and an
optional LAN connection. Routinely, these connections are made only once (at the time of initial
installation); disconnection is not required between production runs.
Biovest recommends that the AutovaxID installation and operation be qualified when used in a
regulated environment. Equipment qualification (IQ/OQ) is an optional service provided by
Biovest. A trained Biovest International Accounts Services Representative can perform operator
training and provide information necessary for the safe operation of the equipment. Under
certain circumstances (e.g., when the instrument is physically moved) reinstallation and
equipment re-qualification may be necessary.
WARNING:
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE ANY
PANELS FROM THE INSTRUMENT. THERE ARE NO USER-SERVICEABLE
PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
WARNING:
If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer,
the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.
WARNING:
A properly grounded main supply must be used for safe operation of the
equipment. Connect to an appropriately grounded outlet. Consult local
electrical codes.
CAUTION:
Wherever a caution statement is used, the documentation needs to be
consulted in order to find out the nature of the potential hazard and any
action which may need to be taken. Failure to do so may result in injury or
damage to the system.
NOTE:
The power cord serves as the disconnecting device for the instrument.
The instrument must be positioned such that access to the power plugs is
never blocked.
NOTE:
All equipment is for indoor use only.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-1
Biovest International, Inc.
Instrument Setup
Exhaust Fan
Inlet Fan and
Air Filter
Assembly
Off Gas Port
Ethernet
Port
Power Entry
Module
Barcode
Scanner
Connector
AutovaxID Operations Manual
CO2 Port
Figure 2-1: AutovaxID Rear Panel
2-2
Biovest International, Inc.
2.1
Instrument Setup
Space Requirements
The instrument should be placed on a level surface in a room with ambient temperature
of 20 to 30 °C (68 to 86 °F). The location of the instrument should provide easy access
to a laminar flow hood. See Section 11: Specifications for the footprint dimensions of the
instrument. Additional access is needed for the operators to turn the pump loading knob
(on the left side of the instrument) and to allow the refrigerator door to swing open. It is
important to keep a minimum of four inches clearance in back of the instrument for
facility connections and air flow.
2.2
Power Requirements
The AutovaxID instrument is factory pre-set for the operating voltage requested by the
customer. The electrical supply circuit must be capable of supplying at least 600 watts of
power. See Section 11: Specifications for details about power requirements. Biovest
recommends the use of an uninterruptible power source with an emergency backup to
prevent any interruption to an active cell culture run.
WARNING!
Do not apply power to the instrument before verifying that the voltage selection
and fusing is correct for the local supply voltage. Applying incorrect voltage may
damage the instrument and cause unsafe conditions. See Section 2.5: Voltage
Selection for fuse and voltage selection.
The AutovaxID is equipped with an IEC 60320 power connector to facilitate easily
switching the power cord to comply with local plug configurations. Each facility must
provide the appropriate power cord if the cord provided with the AutovaxID is
incompatible with their local power connection. The AC power connection, power switch,
AC voltage selection and AC fuse(s) are contained in the power entry module (see
Section 2.5: Voltage Selection).
2.3
Unpacking Instructions
The AutovaxID is very heavy. Two people are required for unpacking.
Handle the AutovaxID with care; DO NOT DROP!
Failure to follow these instructions could result in injury to the person(s) lifting
or carrying the instrument and/or damage to the instrument.
1. Place the crate on the floor and remove the top cover.
2. Remove the top foam and center tube section.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-3
Biovest International, Inc.
Instrument Setup
3. Two people working together should lift the AutovaxID to the desired location. Do
NOT lift the instrument by grasping the refrigerator door. Grip the sides and
the back of the instrument only.
Remove and discard the anti-static wrapping from the instrument. Inspect the instrument
for any shipping damage; immediately report any damage to Biovest Account Services
or your local supplier.
The barcode scanner, power cord, harvest/factor bag rack, and gas connection fittings
are all packaged inside the refrigerator. Remove these accessories from the refrigerator
and set aside.
2.4
Moving Instructions
WARNING!
The AutovaxID weighs 66 lbs (30 kg). Handle with care to avoid personal injury
to and/or damage to the instrument. See Section 2.3 for lifting instructions.
Prior to moving the AutovaxID, if it was previously installed in another location,
disconnect the power cord, network cable, CO2 supply, off gas line, and barcode
scanner from the instrument. Remove the bag rack from the refrigerator.
Ensure that there is adequate clearance in the doorways/hallways through which the
instrument will travel. A cart is recommended to move the instrument on smooth, level
surfaces. Contact Biovest Account Services for additional instructions if the instrument is
being moved under rugged conditions.
2.5
Voltage Selection
The power entry module must be set to match the supply voltage. To change the voltage
setting:
1. Turn off the power switch.
2. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver or similar tool to pry open the cover below the
power cord socket (see Figure 2-2). Pry at “X”.
Figure 2-2: Pry Open the Cover
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-4
Biovest International, Inc.
Instrument Setup
4. Gently lift UP on the door until it lifts up approximately 1/4" (see Figure 2-3).
5. Once lifted, the door will pivot on its hinges and expose the fuse holder and
voltage selection card (see Figure 2-3).
Lift up…
…flip open
Figure 2-3: Lift and Pivot to Open the Cover
6. Pull the voltage selector card straight out of the power entry module.
7. Orient the voltage selector card so that the desired supply voltage is readable at
the bottom (see Figure 2-4).
8. Move the voltage indicator pin to point up (see Figure 2-4)
Figure 2-4: Voltage Selector Card & Indicator Pin Orientation
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-5
Biovest International, Inc.
Instrument Setup
9. Re-insert the voltage selector card into the power entry module with the printed
side of the card facing forward, toward the power cord socket. The edge
containing the desired voltage should be inserted first
10. Replace the cover; snap closed.
11. Verify that indicator pin shows the desired voltage.
2.6
Fuse Installation
The fuse selection must match the voltage selection. See the Main Fuse section in
Specifications (page 11-1).
1. Turn off the power switch.
2. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver or similar tool to pry open the cover below the
power cord socket (see Figure 2-2). Pry at “X”.
4. Gently lift UP on the door until it lifts up approximately 1/4" (see Figure 2-3).
5. Once lifted, the door will pivot on its hinges and expose the fuse holder and
voltage selection card (see Figure 2-3).
6. Pull the fuse holder straight out of the power entry module (see Figure 2-5). Note:
when the fuse holder is installed in the single fuse position, use a screwdriver as
shown to gently pry it out; when the fuse holder is installed in the dual fuse
position, it will normally release as soon as the door is opened.
Figure 2-5: Remove Fuse Holder
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-6
Biovest International, Inc.
Instrument Setup
7. Install one (1) AG fuse or two (2) metric fuses (see Figure 2-6 and Figure 2-7).
Note: Install fuses on one side only; do NOT install both AG and metric fuses at
the same time.
Figure 2-6: 100/120 Voltage Fuse Arrangement
Figure 2-7: 230/240 Voltage Fuse Arrangement
8. Re-install the fuse holder into the power entry module, orienting the fuse holder
so that the fuses are inserted into the module first.
9. Replace the cover; snap closed.
10. Verify that indicator pin shows the desired voltage.
2.7
Gas Connections
2.7.1
CO2 Supply
The AutovaxID is equipped with an internal gas mixing system that requires an
external source of CO2 gas (100% CO2, medical grade). Set the external CO2
source to 12 ±1psi. Connect the CO2 supply to the CO2 port on the rear of the
instrument (see Figure 2-1) using one of the supplied quick disconnect fittings.
1/8” ID non gas-permeable tubing (such as Tygon) is recommended.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-7
Biovest International, Inc.
2.7.2
Instrument Setup
Offgas Collection
All of the waste gasses from the flowpath are exhausted through the Off Gas port on the
rear of the instrument (see Figure 2-1). The waste gasses (offgas) will typically contain
water condensate from the Gas Exchange Cartridge (GEX) (approximately 15 to 20 mL
per day). The Off Gas port is provided so that the waste gasses may be captured,
filtered, or incinerated as necessary per your facility requirements. A quick disconnect is
provided; 1/8” ID tubing is recommended.
If an open container is used for offgas condensate collection, submerge the end of the
offgas line in bleach (or other sanitary solution per your facility’s requirements). Be
certain that the offgas container has sufficient volume to collect the condensate and that
your maintenance schedule includes checking this container.
WARNING!
Do NOT use a glass vessel with an exhaust filter to collect the offgas
condensate. If the filter becomes wetted, the vessel will become pressurized
and could pose an explosion hazard to the operator.
2.8
Ethernet Connection
The AutovaxID has an Ethernet port on its rear panel (see Figure 2-1). This port is used
to connect the AutovaxID to a LAN to allow access by remote computers.
Use a standard Ethernet cable (not supplied) to connect the AutovaxID to a LAN.
To comply with EN 61326-1 one clamp-on ferrite provided with the instrument must be
added to the Ethernet cable as shown in figure 2.8. Failure to add the ferrite may make
the system non-compliant. Place the ferrite approximately 2 inches (5 cm) from the end
of the connector as shown in figure 2.8. The connector end with the ferrite is attached to
the instrument’s Ethernet port.
Figure 2-8 Ethernet Cable with Ferrite
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-8
Biovest International, Inc.
Instrument Setup
Biovest recommends connecting the AutovaxID to a “closed” network only, not to a
company-wide network, nor to the public internet. We further recommend that access
to this network require a secure login and that physical access to the network is
controlled. As these issues are not relevant to the actual operation of the AutovaxID,
it is the responsibility of each facility to assess and implement the level of security
necessary for their own operations and compliance requirements. Biovest does not
provide technical assistance for remote computer hardware and operating systems,
computer networks, or computer security. For information related to security as it may
relate to the operation of the AutovaxID, refer to FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11.
2.9
Bar Code Scanner Connection
The AutovaxID is supplied with a handheld barcode scanner that can be used to enter
information into the software. The barcode scanner plugs into a nine-pin connector on
the rear of the instrument, beneath the Ethernet port (see Figure 2-1).
2.10 Power Up
After all accessories and gassing lines have been connected, plug the power cord into
the power entry module. Turn on the AutovaxID by flipping the black switch on the power
entry module to the “I” (on) position.
Confirm that both of the cooling fans on the rear of the instrument are functioning. The
two fans work in opposite directions: the inlet fan (near the top of the rear panel) draws
air into the instrument, while the outlet fan (near the power entry module) pushes air out.
The inlet fan has a dust filter on it.
When the power switch is turned on, the internal control computer will boot automatically
and launch the AutovaxID User Interface Application (control software).
The first screen that will be displayed is the touch calibration screen (see Figure 2-9).
The touchscreen is calibrated at the factory and should not require recalibration. The
calibration screen will close within a few moments if it is not touched. See Section 6.7:
Touch Calibration Screen for more information on calibrating the touchscreen.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-9
Biovest International, Inc.
Instrument Setup
Figure 2-9: Touch Calibration Screen
2.11 External Computer Connection
The use of an external or remote computer is not required for most operations of the
AutovaxID and is not supplied by Biovest. However, certain functions are only available
when using an external computer that is connected to the AutovaxID instrument via an
Ethernet network (LAN). No other provisions are provided for connecting a computer to
the AutovaxID.
Refer to Section 10 for more information about using an external computer. Refer to the
user manual that comes with the remote computer for instructions on its setup and
requirements.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
2-10
Biovest International, Inc.
3
Introduction to the Process Control Software
Introduction to the Process Control Software
The ability to monitor and control environmental conditions based on a predetermined protocol
is referred to as “process control.” Process control in the AutovaxID system is monitored and
directed by the internal control computer, proprietary software, and instrument firmware.
The AutovaxID process control software has been designed by Biovest International to provide
complete process control capabilities. Specifically, the AutovaxID software enables an operator
to:

Customize the process control strategies according to each facility’s unique needs

Monitor the conditions of the cell culture

Control the operation of the AutovaxID with automatic or override capabilities
The AutovaxID process control system is a set of coordinated software programs, which
together operate the entire AutovaxID instrument. Some of the programs run on the internal
single board computer, while others are algorithms that are built into firmware that in turn run on
microprocessor-based printed circuit boards. This separation of software increases the overall
robustness of the system and leads to the AutovaxID’s two distinct functions: instrument control
and user interface.
Instrument control functions derive from programs running on firmware that are separate from
the internal control computer. Instrument control functions include flowpath control and sensor
monitoring.
The primary function of AutovaxID software is to control the cell culture environment. It is
important that process control maintain a cell culture under constant conditions when required,
but that it also has the ability to manage varying conditions during the different phases of a
production run. The AutovaxID software provides the following features.

Automatic pH control of the flowpath (to user-specified pH) by mixed gas

Automatic or user-specified controls for the media, factor, harvest and circulation pumps

Automatic control of the outflow pump

Automatic refrigerator temperature control (to user-specified temperature)

Automatic media temperature control (to user-specified temperature)

EC and IC pressure control per user-specified cycling parameters

Automatic media pump control based upon a lactate concentration algorithm (optional)

User-modifiable alarms for pH, media temperature, refrigerator temperature, IC
pressure, EC pressure, lactate, cabinet temperature, and cycle time

Operator identification

Automatic event logging

Electronic data storage and retrieval

Full system state recovery from power failures
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-1
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction to the Process Control Software

Remote system access to export log data for analysis

Remote system access for system monitoring and/or control
Flowpath and instrument sensor monitoring is continuous and automatic for these parameters:

pH

Lactate (indirect)

Media temperature

Refrigerator temperature

IC pressure

EC pressure

Circulation flow rate
The AutovaxID software stores all control setpoints (i.e., pH, media temperature, cycling times,
etc.) in the CompactFlash media on the single board computer. If the AutovaxID experiences a
power failure, it will automatically resume operation once power is restored. The AutovaxID
process control software will evaluate the instrument’s status and will resume full operation
(including data logging) based upon the process control entries that existed prior to the power
failure. Once full operation is restored, the user may modify process control entries, if
necessary. The data log will record the power failure event and the duration of the power failure.
3.1
pH Control
The AutovaxID actively controls the pH of the cell culture to maintain it at a user-defined
setpoint by adjusting the gas mixture that flows through the gas exchange cartridge
(GEX). The pH is continuously measured using a disposable pH probe that is integrated
into the sterile cultureware. The probe measures the pH of the IC media. The IC media
flows through the GEX wherein it interacts with a mix of air and CO2 supplied by the
AutovaxID gassing system. The pH of the circulating IC media is changed by modifying
the concentration of the gasses dissolved therein. Specifically, the gassing system
controls the pH by modifying the CO2 concentration supplied to the IC media through the
GEX. Similar to the in vivo environment, an increase or decrease in dissolved CO2
concentration causes a corresponding shift in bicarbonate equilibrium to maintain a
steady pH. For example, increasing the CO2 flow rate increases the dissolved CO2 in the
media, which in turn increases acidity, thereby decreasing the pH. Conversely, by
increasing the flow rate of air and reducing the CO2 flow rate to zero, the GEX removes
CO2 from the cell culture media, thereby increasing the pH.
The gassing system provides gas mixtures represented by a percent CO2 in the mixture
OR by the flow rate of air in mL/min. 500 mL/min of air is the most potent for increasing
pH; twenty percent CO2 is the most potent for decreasing pH. Air flow is adjustable from
120 to 500 mL/min. CO2 concentration is adjustable from zero to twenty percent with a
fixed air flow rate of 120 mL/min. NOTE: CO2 and air overrides are mutually exclusive;
that is, you can override CO2 concentration OR airflow rate, but not both at the same
time.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-2
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction to the Process Control Software
A “gas number” may be used to describe the mixture of air and CO2. The gas number
represents a combined flow of air and CO2. Table 3-1 shows several gas numbers and
their corresponding air and CO2 flow rates. A gas number of zero (0) will drive the pH up
(no CO2, maximum air); a gas number of 100 will drive the pH down (maximum CO2,
minimum air, approximately 20% CO2). The air flow is always between 120 mL/min (gas
numbers 51 to 100) and 500 mL/min (gas number 0). The CO2 is always between zero
(any number 50 or less) and twenty percent (gas number 100) of the combined flow, or
zero to thirty mL/min.
Table 3-1
Gas Number
0
25
50
75
100
Air Flow Rate
(mL/min)
500
285
120
120
120
CO2 Flow Rate
(mL/min)
0
0
0
13.3
30
Approximate
Percent CO2
0
0
0
10
20
The user defines the pH setpoint during run setup. An authorized user may also modify
the pH setpoint during an active cell culture run. The AutovaxID process control software
will continuously monitor the pH and adjust the gas mixture to maintain pH at the
setpoint.
Alternatively, an authorized user may disable the automatic pH control system
completely and manually override the gassing system by specifying a gas blend (%CO2).
Biovest strongly recommends using automatic pH control until the user fully understands
this critical control function. There are times when manual pH control may be necessary
or desirable, though Biovest does not recommend attempting to manually control pH
when the system is operating normally. However in some instances, pH may fall below
the user-defined setpoint (when the gas number reaches 0) and the instrument can no
longer remove CO2 via the GEX. In these cases, a separate means of pH control may be
required (e.g., base addition via factor feed).
Note: Manually overriding the pH control may adversely affect lactate control.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-3
Biovest International, Inc.
3.2
Introduction to the Process Control Software
Lactate Control
Glucose is typically used as the primary energy source for in vitro maintenance of
mammalian cells. As a result, anaerobic metabolism, or glycolysis, leads to the build-up
of lactic acid which, at high levels, can limit growth and production. In perfusion culture,
an expanding cell population combined with continual glucose delivery leads to steadily
increasing rates of lactic acid production. In response to this, it is important to increase
the feed rate, which consequently increases the rate at which lactic acid is removed from
the bioreactor. Since lactate is the primary waste product created by mammalian cells, a
lactate control system was designed to automatically optimize the cell culture
environment and continuously monitor the metabolic activity of the cells. To accomplish
this, the ability to monitor lactate has been coupled with automatic adjustment of media
feed rate to maintain the culture at the predetermined setpoint. Since lactate
concentration is an indicator of metabolic activity, this can be predicted by measuring the
concentration of CO2 in the offgas (from the GEX) and the pH of the circulating IC media.
In other words, the lactate concentration can be controlled by modifying the media feed
rate – the media pump adds fresh, lactate-free media to the flowpath while the outflow
pump continuously removes lactate-rich media. Lactate control is therefore tied to the
media pump control. The target lactate concentration is defined by the operator during
run setup. If lactate control is in use, then the lactate controller will continuously adjust
the media pump rate to maintain the target lactate concentration. In addition, media
consumption is optimized by using precisely the right amount needed to support the
expanding culture and prevent the accumulation of metabolic waste.
The CO2 concentration in the offgas is measured by an electronic CO2 sensor that is
integrated into the instrument and requires no user servicing. This sensor is not wetted
and is protected from offgas condensate by a condensate trap. The pH is continuously
measured using a disposable pH probe that is integrated into the sterile cultureware.
Both sensors provide feedback to the lactate controller. All pH and lactate calibrations
must be performed on schedule to ensure the accuracy of the lactate controller. Lactate
control may be initiated by an authorized operator at any time during an active cell
culture run.
3.3
Media Temperature Control
The IC media temperature is continuously monitored and controlled by the AutovaxID to
maintain it at a user-defined setpoint. The media temperature is measured by a thermoelectric temperature sensor that is integrated into the instrument (see Section 1.3.4:
Cultureware Interface Panel). The temperature sensor mates with a sealed, disposable
temperature well that is integrated into the sterile cultureware. The temperature sensor is
never in direct contact with the circulating media (it is not wetted).
The temperature sensor provides feedback to the heater control algorithm. The heater is
integrated into the instrument and heats the air inside the cultureware enclosure
(incubator). The heated air is circulated through the incubator via two ducts in the
Cultureware Interface Panel (see Figure 1-3). The media temperature control algorithm
switches the thermo-electric incubator heater on or off based upon the temperature of
the IC media. The circulation fan runs continuously during an active cell culture run.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-4
Biovest International, Inc.
3.4
Introduction to the Process Control Software
Refrigerator Temperature Control
The refrigerator temperature is continuously monitored and controlled by the AutovaxID
to maintain it at a user-defined setpoint. The refrigerator temperature is measured by a
thermo-electric temperature sensor that is mounted in a heat sink on the back wall of the
refrigerator. The temperature sensor provides feedback to the refrigerator control
algorithm.
The refrigerator is cooled by a thermo-electric chiller (Peltier device) that is integrated
into the AutovaxID cabinet. It does not contain any liquid refrigerant and does not require
any user servicing. The cooling fins of the chiller can be seen in the top of the
refrigerator. The refrigerator control algorithm switches the chiller on or off based upon
the temperature inside the refrigerator. The heat extracted from the refrigerator is
dissipated by the fans on the rear cover of the AutovaxID. When the AutovaxID is turned
on, the refrigerator runs continuously.
3.5
Cycling Control
The cycling state and pressure are controlled by the AutovaxID gassing system. During
normal operation, when cycling is enabled in the GROWTH phase of a cell culture run,
the cycle state will be either Rise or Fall. The cycling limits, EC High and EC Low, are
detected by two non-contact cycling sensors that are integrated into the instrument (see
Figure 1-3 and Section 1.3.4: Cultureware Interface Panel). The sensors detect two
edges of a mechanical flag that is integrated into the IC/EC reservoir assembly of the
disposable cultureware. Depending upon the cycle state, the gassing system will
pressurize either the EC or the IC reservoir (see Section 1.2: EC Cycling Theory). The
magnitude of the pressure is determined by the cycling algorithm.
During run setup, the operator defines the desired cycle times for EC Rise and EC Fall.
The cycling algorithm measures and tracks the elapsed time for each cycle state. If the
cycle takes too long, the applied pressure will be increased during the next cycle.
Likewise, if the cycle is completed too quickly, the applied pressure will be decreased
during the next cycle. These incremental adjustments will continue with increasing
precision until the elapsed cycle time matches the user-defined target. When cycling is
first initiated, it may take several complete cycles before the cycling algorithm
determines the proper cycling pressures and the cycle times stabilize.
The cycling control system automatically accounts for any increased transmembrane
flow restriction that may be caused by the cell growth in the bioreactor. As the
transmembrane flow is reduced, the pressure is automatically increased to maintain the
target cycle times, until the maximum system pressure is reached. The control system
can also account for any changes in the circulation pump rate that affect the net IC
pressure.
Additional cycle states can be manually overridden by an authorized user for diagnostic
or maintenance purposes (see Table 5-1). Biovest does not recommend manually
controlling the cycle state when the system is operating normally.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-5
Biovest International, Inc.
3.6
Introduction to the Process Control Software
Alarms
The AutovaxID can issue two types of alarms: process control alarms and system
alarms. Process control alarms are based upon user-defined alarm criteria; system
alarms are not user-configurable. The two types of alarms are NOT distinguishable in
the log.
Process control alarms include:
Table 3-2: Process Control Alarms
Alarm
High pH:#.###
Low pH:#.###
High Media Temp:##.#
Low Media Temp:##.#
High Ref Temp:##.#
Low Ref Temp:##.#
High IC Pressure:###
Low IC Pressure:###
High EC Pressure:###
Low EC Pressure:###
High Lactate:#.###
Low Lactate:#.###
PUMPNAME pump bag is full.
Current Volume #.# ml.
PUMPNAME pump bag is empty.
Current Volume #.# ml.
Cycle taking too long
AutovaxID Operations Manual
Description
Logged if the instrument is at or past PREINOCULATION (after calibration) and the
alarm condition exists.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the alarm condition exists.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the alarm condition exists.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the alarm condition exists.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the alarm condition exists.
Logged if the instrument is at or past PREINOCULATION and the alarm condition
exists.
Logged if the container volume alarms are
used and the volume exceeds the alarm
setting. PUMPNAME will be Outflow or
Harvest.
Logged if the container volume alarms are
used and the volume is below the alarm
setting. PUMPNAME will be Media or Factor.
Logged if cycling is active, the cycle too long
alarm is enabled, and the cycle is taking
longer than the configured cycle time plus the
cycle too long alarm time-out value.
3-6
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction to the Process Control Software
System alarms include:
Table 3-3: System Alarms
Alarm
Startup, possible clock failure:
HHH:MM:SS
Startup, down time: Day-Hr:Min
Instrument data recovery failed
Outflow pump stalled
Media pump stalled
Factor pump stalled
Harvest pump stalled
Outflow pump racing
Media pump racing
Factor pump racing
Harvest pump racing
Circulation pump stalled
Circulation pump is running too fast
IOBOARD board offline
AutovaxID Operations Manual
Description
Logged on program startup if the current time
is found to be less than the previously
recorded time. Time printed is recorded time
minus the current time. Possible battery or
single board computer hardware failure.
Logged on. Time printed is current time minus
the previously recorded time.
Logged on power up if the database cannot
be restored.
The peristaltic pump stall and race alarms will
be logged when the pumps are running and
the condition is detected. The condition is
detected at the pump I/O board based upon
sensors that detect movement on the pump
output shaft.
The pump I/O board has detected a stall
condition. The I/O board will report a stall
condition if the detected flow rate is under the
setpoint for longer than four seconds after the
pump reaches maximum voltage. The alarm is
reset when the setpoint is reset to zero or a
flow exceeding the setpoint is detected. The
circulation pump will restart periodically to
prime itself when detecting a low-flow
condition. For a stall, the desired rate must be
greater than or equal to 10mL/min for the
detection to be active.
The circulation pump running too fast alarm
(race) will be logged when the pump is on and
the instrument is at or past FILL/FLUSH. The
race condition is asserted if the rate falls
outside of the circulation setpoint by 20% for
longer than 30 seconds. For a race condition,
the desired rate must be greater than or equal
to 20mL/min for the detection to be active.
Logged if one of the I/O boards has a
communication failure. The board is placed in
offline status. IOBOARD will be Gas, Pump,
Valve, or Chassis board.
3-7
Biovest International, Inc.
Alarm
IOBOARD board has been reset
IOBOARD board has corrupted ROM
Pump head not latched
Cultureware not latched
CO2 inlet pressure low
Air inlet pressure low
Heater current fail
VALVENAME valve failed
Pumps on hold too long
Missing calibrations:#####
Introduction to the Process Control Software
Description
Logged if an unexpected I/O board reset has
been detected on one of the boards.
IOBOARD will be Gas, Pump, Valve, or
Chassis board.
Logged if an I/O board fails its power on Read
Only Memory checksum test. IOBOARD will
be Gas, Pump, Valve, or Chassis board.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the pump cassette is not
detected.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the cultureware is not
detected.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the CO2 inlet pressure is
low.
Logged if the instrument is at or past
FILL/FLUSH and the air pressure from the
integral air pump is low.
The heater current is sensed. If the current is
sensed to be on when it should be off or vice
versa for longer than a 1/10 of a second, the
alarm is generated.
Logged if the valve is detected in the wrong
position (failed). VALVENAME will be Factor
or Harvest-EC
Logged if the instrument is at or past PREINOCULATION and the pumps are on hold for
longer than five minutes.
Logged at startup if any calibrations have not
been performed, where ##### is a commadelimited list that may include CO2, air,
pressure, and/or temperature.
For each process control alarm, the user can specify if it is enabled or disabled and the
acceptable low and high limits for each value (see Sections 5.7 and 5.8). However, as
with other fields, while one may specify values for the low and high alarm limits, the
AutovaxID software restricts the accepted values to a specified range (see Section
4.3:Data Entry). Table 3-4 shows the allowed range for each alarm, as well as the
default values.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-8
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction to the Process Control Software
Table 3-4: Alarm Limits
Alarm Range
Alarm
Default Alarm Values
Low
High
Low
High
6.0
8.0
6.80
7.40
15.0C
45.0C
35.0C
39.0C
0C
25.0C
2.0C
10.0C
IC Pressure
0 mmHg
300 mmHg
0 mmHg
275 mmHg
EC Pressure
0 mmHg
300 mmHg
0 mmHg
275 mmHg
Lactate
0 mg/mL
5.001 mg/mL
0 mg/mL
5.000 mg/mL
0C
80.1C
15.0C
55.0C
0 minutes
999 minutes
NA
30 minutes
pH
Media Temperature
Refrigerator Temperature
Cabinet Temperature
Cycle Time
Process control alarms are issued only when the flowpath is active, not if the system is
in the IDLE state. System alarms are issued no matter the system state, but the type of
log entry (alarm or event) may vary based upon the system state.
If an alarm is enabled, its corresponding sensor value is continuously checked to
determine if it falls within the range specified by the user. If the value is beyond the limits
of the user-specified range:

The value in the corresponding field in the Main Monitor screen is changed to red
characters.

The title bar is displayed in blinking red.

A message is logged, using red characters, showing the sensor reading that was
out of range, and whether it was too low or too high.

The audible alarm is turned on, if enabled (see Section 6).
The alarm is turned off by pressing the Clear Alarm button or the Acknowledge button on
the Alarms screen (see Section 5.9: Alarm/Log Screen).
If the value moves back within range, the corresponding sensor or parameter values
reverts to normal (black) characters. The audible and visual alarms will not be silenced
until they are acknowledged and/or cleared by an authorized user.
All alarms should be investigated and corrective action taken. See Section 5.9:
Alarm/Log Screen and Section 9: Troubleshooting for more information.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-9
Biovest International, Inc.
3.7
Introduction to the Process Control Software
Data Archive
The AutovaxID software saves log data to the internal control computer’s CompactFlash
memory. In addition to saving the run data for the current, on-going production run, the
software also retains eight historical production logs. Any of the logs may be viewed on
the instrument, or they may be downloaded using remote access (see Section 10:
Remote Access). Downloading the log has several advantages:

Provides the security of archiving the production run. By using the Download
Text function (see Section 10.3.1: Saving a Log), the entire production log from
initial setup to run termination, or the current elapsed time for on-going runs, is
downloaded from the AutovaxID’s CompactFlash storage media. An electronic
archive is stored in a fraction of the space required by a paper log.

Provides a backup record in the event of computer failure. If certain aspects of
process control, miscellaneous log entries, etc. are not supplementally
documented on paper batch records, having a backup electronic record of the
on-going run ensures a complete production record.

Provides the user with the ability to export production data to standard programs
for inclusion in status reports, for analysis in custom spreadsheets, for printing
and attachment to batch records, etc.
See Section 10.3.1: Saving a Log for more information about using the Download Text
function of remote access. More information about the data logs is provided in Section
5.9: Alarm/Log Screen.
Note: The CompactFlash card may not be removed by the operator to backup run
logs. The log data must be downloaded using a network-attached computer as
described.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
3-10
Biovest International, Inc.
4
Introduction to the User Interface
Introduction to the User Interface
The AutovaxID user interface allows the operator to setup and control the AutovaxID system.
The user interface hardware and software is controlled by the internal single-board computer
and includes:

the LCD touchscreen

the alarm system

archiving, retrieval and display of flowpath data and run logs (current and historical)

remote access interface

user account creation and validation

data entry validation

power failure recovery
All user interface functions required for instrument operation are accessible through the LCD
touchscreen. The software screens provide a selection of related display and input cells, or
“fields,” which show system information or provide opportunities to enter data and operational
parameters into the system (pH and temperature setpoints, pump speeds, etc.). Each screen
provides a different control and display activity. The primary user interface screens are:
Monitor
Displays a summary of the status of the instrument and flowpath.
Main Menu
Accessible by pressing the Menu button on the Monitor screen. Provides
access to the Run Menu, Run Settings, Alarm/Log, Flowpath, Setup, and
Advanced screens. Also provides details about the instrument, software,
and current run (if applicable).
Run Menu
Allows an authorized operator to start a new run, continue an existing run,
or stop the current run.
Run Settings
A series of screens that allow access to run settings, including alarm limits.
Alarm/Log
Displays a log (current or historical) of all run activities and events, such as
periodic status lines, system events, and alarms. Also displays a queue of
active alarms for review or individual action.
Flowpath
Graphically displays the status of the flowpath.
Setup
Access to the system configuration (date, time, IP address, default run
settings, etc.), diagnostics for sensor calibration and sensor/board
troubleshooting, user and password setup, touchscreen calibration, and
printing the log to a TCP/IP network enabled printer.
Advanced
Access to the Run Menu for advanced system operation and to the
Overrides screen for advanced overrides to the gassing system, cycling
system, pumps, and valves.
See Section 5 for a detailed description of these screens.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-1
Biovest International, Inc.
4.1
Introduction to the User Interface
Startup
When the power switch is turned on, the internal computer boots and automatically loads
the AutovaxID User Interface Application. After the software loads, the Monitor screen is
displayed (see Figure 4-1). Assuming that the instrument is not being turned back on
after a power loss, the Monitor screen should show that it is in the IDLE state.
NOTE: Before the Monitor screen appears, the operating system loads. The
information that quickly scrolls on the screen while the operating system is loading
during startup is not intended to be used by operators.
Immediately after the boot sequence, a Touch Calibration screen appears (see
Figure 2-9). The touchscreen will be calibrated at the factory and need not be recalibrated at every startup. The Touch Calibration screen will automatically disappear
if it is not touched. See Section 6.7: Touch Calibration Screen for more information.
Figure 4-1: Monitor Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-2
Biovest International, Inc.
4.2
Introduction to the User Interface
User Interface Features
The AutovaxID user interface uses several types of elements to assist the operator with
identifying on-screen information and performing on-screen functions.
4.2.1
Title Bar
A title bar appears at the top of nearly all screens. The title bar typically shows
the name of the screen (to assist with software navigation), the current date, and
the current time in 24-hour format (HH:MM.SS). On the Monitor screen, the
screen title is replaced by the Instrument Name if it has been defined in the
Instrument Setup.
4.2.2
Information Panels
Many screens include information panels that display process control parameters
to indicate current status. For example, the area of the Monitor screen that
displays the cycling information (Cycle state, EC Pressure, and IC Pressure) is
an information panel. Information panels may contain headings, data, Fields
and/or Buttons (see below). Some elements that appear to be backgrounds, such
as the gray background of the cycling panel in Figure 4-1 may function as a
button which, when touched, will cause another screen to appear. In the case of
the cycling panel, touching anywhere in this region will bring up the Cycle Detail
screen (see Figure 5-8).
4.2.3
Buttons
Buttons are special, touch-sensitive areas of the screen that provide access to
unique software functions. They are shaded to be distinct from the surrounding
area and typically contain a text or graphic label that indicates what type of
screen or information will be displayed when the respective button is touched.
There are three buttons on the Monitor screen in Figure 4-1: Hold, Menu, and
Help.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-3
Biovest International, Inc.
4.2.4
Introduction to the User Interface
Fields
Fields are boxes that display process control parameters. Fields are contextual in
terms of data, meaning, accessibility, and validation. A field’s value may apply to
the particular run or to the instrument. Additionally, the color used to display the
text or number may indicate the state of the process control parameter. Values
displayed in black indicate normal operation for the process parameter. Values
displayed in red indicate the given process parameter is operating out of the
allowed, user-defined range (is in the alarm state).
Values prefixed with an asterisk (*) indicate that the process parameter
is under manual override.
A field’s shading may be either white or light gray. Except for check boxes, gray
shading typically indicates that the field’s value is strictly for monitoring and may
not be modified by the operator. Conversely, white shading typically indicates
that the field’s value may be changed. When an operator touches a field, either
its value toggles between ON and OFF, or a data entry screen will appear. The
data entry screen may give several input options, or allow for text and/or numeric
input. Field input commonly involves changing a control setpoint or applying a
manual override to an automated process control. Some field’s shading changes
between gray and white depending upon the context of the screen or the state of
process control.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-4
Biovest International, Inc.
4.3
Introduction to the User Interface
Data Entry
Configuring and maintaining a production run requires selecting process control options
and entering text and/or numeric information into the AutovaxID software. The data entry
options include: an on-screen QWERTY keyboard (see Figure 4-2), an on-screen
numeric keypad (see Figure 4-3), and an integral handheld barcode scanner.
Figure 4-2: On-Screen QWERTY Keyboard
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-5
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction to the User Interface
Figure 4-3: On-Screen Numeric Keypad
If a field requires alphanumeric data entry, the appropriate on-screen entry pad
(keyboard or keypad) will automatically appear. To enter values using either, simply
touch the appropriate key to type the desired text or numeric value(s). The typed values
will appear on the screen as you touch their corresponding key(s). If you make a
mistake, simply press Delete (Del) or Backspace (<-). Pressing Cancel will exit the onscreen keyboard without saving an entry. It is not necessary to clear a field prior to
entering new information.
To accept the typed value, press Enter. After Enter is pressed, the AutovaxID software
performs an input validation to determine if the input value is within an acceptable range
for that parameter. If the desired value is within the allowed range, the AutovaxID
software accepts the value and puts it into operation. If the desired value is not within the
allowed range, the AutovaxID software rejects the value and notifies the operator.
Sometimes, if the AutovaxID software interprets the value as out of range, it may
automatically enter the lowest or highest possible value, as appropriate.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-6
Biovest International, Inc.
4.3.1
Introduction to the User Interface
Time Field
A time filed is used for entering clock time. Use the format HH:MM.SS, where:
HH = Hours (range = 0-99)
MM = Minutes (range = 0-99)
SS = Seconds (range = 0-59)
Leading zeroes are not required. Values outside the allowable ranges are not
permitted. Time is displayed on a 24-hour clock, where midnight = 0:00 and noon
= 12:00.
4.3.2
Date Field
A date field is used for entering the calendar date. Use the format MM/DD/YY,
where:
MM = Month (range = 1-12)
DD = Day (range = 1-31, depending upon the month)
YY = Year (range = 2000-2099)
Leading zeroes are not required. Values outside the allowable ranges are not
permitted.
4.3.3
Selection Fields
Fields whose values are displayed in text form (e.g., OFF, LOW, IDLE) do not
require the actual text to be entered. Instead, simply select one of the preset
choices that are presented, and then press Enter.
4.3.4
Schedule Field
A schedule field is commonly used for scheduling events or cycling delays. This
field is a combination of a date and time field and uses the format DD-HH:MM,
where:
DD = Days (range = 0-999)
HH = Hours (range = 0-99)
MM = Minutes (range = 0-99)
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-7
Biovest International, Inc.
Introduction to the User Interface
Enter the desired event time, and then press Enter. Entering 999 for days will
result in a conversion to the maximum number of days allowed which are 365.
Entering 99 for the Hours or Minutes will result in a conversion to the equivalent
values for these units. Entries of less than seven digits are allowed and will be
interpreted according to character positions. For example:
Data Entry
4.4
Interpretation
9999999
365-00:00
999900
103-03:00
12300
001-23:00
210
000-02:10
10
000-00:10
1
000-00:01
Help
Context-sensitive help is available for most software screens. Help information describes
the screen’s available functions, buttons, and restrictions. To scroll through the
information given in the help window, use the available arrow buttons (see Figure 4-4).
Please note that online help is not a substitute for this manual. It provides general
information and does not discuss the finer points of system operation. It is intended as a
“refresher” to remind you of the purpose of screens, fields, valid entry ranges, etc.
Figure 4-4: Help Screen (for Monitor screen)
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-8
Biovest International, Inc.
4.5
Introduction to the User Interface
Remote Computer Access
Control and monitoring of a production run are typically done primarily using the integral
LCD touchscreen, but many aspects of run management may optionally be performed
from a remote computer system using a standard web browser. Remote access
requires that the AutovaxID be connected to a facility’s computer network (LAN). The
remote computer can be either in the production room with the AutovaxID or at a remote
location that is outside the clean room but tied to the same local network. Such a setup
facilitates routine run management tasks and saves time when gowning is unnecessary.
Remote computer access is described in detail in Section 10.
Biovest designed the AutovaxID system to support compliance with FDA guidelines for
21 CFR Part 11 for a “closed system.” Remote access must be prohibited (disabled)
when the AutovaxID is used in a compliant environment. Biovest recommends that
facilities operate the AutovaxID in accordance with these guidelines. At a minimum,
Biovest recommends using an external computer to periodically download logs from the
internal control computer.
4.6
Access Restrictions
The AutovaxID software provides user security with the ability to assign different access
rights to Administrators and Users (operators). These rights can restrict User access to
critical functions. The AutovaxID software allows up to twenty unique accounts to be
created. The log will record events and attribute them to the logged on user as they
occur. All security features presume that each operator is given a unique user account
and that the user account and password information is kept confidential. See Section 6.6
for more information on setting up and using user accounts.
If user accounts are in use, the AutovaxID security features permit operators to view
certain screens even if they are logged off. Operators are prompted to logon when
attempting to access restricted functions. This is useful for monitoring the flowpath
status, especially when the instrument is running normally and no maintenance or
troubleshooting tasks are required.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
4-9
Biovest International, Inc.
5
Primary User Interface Screens
Primary User Interface Screens
There are eight primary screens from which all user interface functions required for operating
the AutovaxID are accessible. They are:
5.1
Monitor Screen
The Monitor screen is the starting point to view or control all instrument functions. Many
of the fields on this screen can be selected to bring up an associated “detail” screen
where process control changes can be made by authorized operators.
The Monitor screen comprises three main areas: the title bar along the top screen, an
information panel to display the current instrument status, and a row of buttons along the
bottom of the screen (see Figure 5-1).
Figure 5-1: Monitor Screen
In Figure 5-1, the title bar displays the screen name (Monitor). Alternatively, the title bar
on the Monitor screen may show the instrument name, if it has been defined on the
System Features screen (see Section 6). The calendar date and time of day are also
displayed and are setup on the Date and Time screen (see Section 6).
The title bar will flash red if there is an unacknowledged alarm. If the alarm has been
acknowledged but remains in the queue, the title bar will stop flashing, but will remain
red. A blue title bar indicates that the instrument is functioning normally with no alarms.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-1
Biovest International, Inc.
5.1.1
Primary User Interface Screens
Elapsed Time
The Elapsed Time is the accumulated running time (real time) since the start of
the current instrument state (see Section 5.1.2). The Elapsed Time is
automatically reset at the start of SETUP and GROWTH, and when the
instrument returns to IDLE. The time is displayed in days-hours:minutes format
(D-HH:MM). The elapsed time resets to 0-00:00 as each new state begins.
5.1.2
State
The State field shows the current status of a run. The State will automatically
change to reflect the current phase of the cell culture run as the operator
progresses through the run control steps. Pressing this field will bring up the Run
Menu (see Section 5.3).
States include:

IDLE
The instrument is in the IDLE state from the end of one run to the start of
the next. When the instrument is first powered up, IDLE will be the default
state. Incubator temperature control is disabled, gassing defaults to 500
mL/min air, and all pumps are off. During the IDLE state, process control
alarms are not issued, but system alarms are. Diagnostic functions are
accessible by authorized users.

SETUP
The instrument will be in the SETUP state when a new run is initiated and
until the start of FILL/FLUSH. This state will only be observed if the
operator returns to the Monitor screen before FILL/FLUSH begins. If an
operator returns to the Monitor screen during SETUP, FILL/FLUSH will
not begin until another pressurization test is performed and the run
sequence resumes.

FILL
“FILL” indicates that the instrument is performing a fill/flush of the
cultureware. This step will automatically begin after a successful
pressurization test unless an operator intervenes. FILL/FLUSH introduces
growth media into the cultureware and brings the incubator up to
operating temperature through a series of pre-defined automated
procedures (see Section 7.5). The entire fill/flush process takes
approximately 24 hours to complete from start to finish and uses
approximately five liters of media.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-2
Biovest International, Inc.

Primary User Interface Screens
PRE-INOC
“PRE-INOC” indicates that the instrument is in the PRE-INOCULATION
phase of the cell culture run. PRE-INOCULATION will continue
indefinitely without operator intervention. During PRE-INOCULATION,
active process controls are used to stabilize and control the pH and EC
Cycling to specified setpoints, and factor may be introduced into the
cultureware to pre-condition the flowpath. The necessary peristaltic
pumps operate as programmed, and the circulation pump runs at
500mL/min.
The first step of PRE-INOCULATION is to calibrate the pH sensor (see
Section 7.6.1). The pH probe is dry during sterilization, shipping, and
storage and is re-hydrated during FILL/FLUSH, so it is critical that a pH
calibration is performed after FILL/FLUSH. It takes approximately two to
ten minutes to complete a pH calibration, depending upon the off-line
measuring device.
After the pH calibration is complete, then a lactate calibration is
automatically performed and factor addition begins (see Sections 7.6.1
and 7.6.2). Factor addition is setup by the operator on the Run Settings 1
screen (see Section 5.4). The duration of the factor addition step will
depend upon the volume of factor to be delivered to the IC and/or EC.
The factor pump operates at maximum rate of 400mL/hr to deliver the
factor. It is recommended that factor addition be done no more than 24
hours prior to inoculation.
The instrument will remain in the PRE-INOCULATION phase until an
authorized operator initiates inoculation. The media pump operates at a
minimum of 20 mL/hr for the duration of PRE-INOCULATION to
compensate for any evaporative loss through the GEX.

INOC
“INOC” indicates the instrument is in the inoculation phase of the cell
culture run. During this phase, cells are inoculated into the bioreactor.
The AutovaxID software will walk the user through the requisite steps.
Inoculation should take approximately five minutes (not including the time
to prepare the cell inoculum).

GROWTH
The GROWTH phase starts immediately after inoculation is complete.
The AutovaxID system remains in this state until the end of the run. Cells
will start to grow and fill the EC space of the bioreactor, user-defined
process parameters will be automatically controlled by the system, and
product will be harvested and collected. It is the responsibility of the
operator to ensure that the process parameters support both cell growth
and productivity.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-3
Biovest International, Inc.
5.1.3
Primary User Interface Screens
Hold Button
The Hold button allows an authorized operator to quickly halt the pumps in case
of an emergency. The Hold button is accessible on nearly all screens. When the
instrument is placed on hold, all pumps will be stopped, an event will be logged,
and the operator will be warned that the instrument is on hold. When the Hold
button is pressed, a pop-up screen will request confirmation that the operator
wants to put the instrument into hold (see Figure 5-2).
The only two options available once the system is in the Hold state is either to
Resume or End Cell Culture (see Figure 5-3). The elapsed time the system is on
hold will be displayed for the operator (in HH:MM.SS). The instrument will log the
elapsed time that the system was on hold if the run is resumed.
Figure 5-2: Hold Confirmation
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-4
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-3: Emergency Hold Screen
From the Emergency Hold screen, when the Resume button is pressed, a pop-up
screen will request confirmation that the operator wants to resume (see Figure
5-4). On the Resume Confirmation screen, pressing the Yes button will return the
operator to the screen that was in use prior to the instrument being put on hold;
pressing the No button will return the operator to the Emergency Hold screen.
Similarly, from the Emergency Hold screen, when the End Cell Culture button is
pressed, a pop-up screen will request confirmation that the operator wants to
abandon the cell culture (see Figure 5-5). On the End Cell Culture Confirmation
screen, pressing the No button will return the operator to the Emergency Hold
screen; pressing the Yes button will initiate the End of Run sequence (see
Section 7.22).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-5
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-4: Resume Confirmation
Figure 5-5: End Cell Culture Confirmation
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-6
Biovest International, Inc.
5.1.4
Primary User Interface Screens
Menu Button
The Menu provides access to the Main Menu screen. See Section 0 for details.
5.1.5
Help Button
The Help provides context-sensitive help information for each screen. See
Section 4.4 for details.
5.1.6
Flowpath Status
The remainder of the Monitor screen displays the current conditions of the
flowpath, including:

pH

Gas blend (displayed as either mL/min of air or percent CO2)

Calculated lactate concentration

Cycle state (see Table 5-1)

EC and IC pressures

Circulating media and refrigerator temperatures

The Outflow, Media, Factor, and Harvest pump rates in mL/hr

Calculated volume (mL) in the Outflow, Media, Factor, and Harvest
containers

The programmed circulation pump rate in mL/min
The Outflow, Media, Factor, and Harvest pump fields are listed in the same
order, left to right, as the pumps are mounted in the instrument as viewed from
the front. The pump tubing also exits the cultureware and is routed through the
pump cassette in the same order, left to right.
All pump fields show the current pump rate, except the circulation pump; the
Circulation field shows only the programmed pump rate as defined by the
circulation pump controller. The actual, measured circulation rate can be
observed by touching the circulation pump field to bring up the Circulation Detail
screen (see Figure 5-15). Similarly, touching any pump field on the Monitor
screen will bring up an associated detail screen.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-7
Biovest International, Inc.
5.1.7
Primary User Interface Screens
pH Control Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the pH field, the CO2 or Air field (depending upon
the gassing status), or the surrounding area to bring up the pH Control screen
(see Figure 5-6). This screen allows an authorized user to enter the pH setpoint,
perform a pH calibration, observe the CO2 and air flow rates, and determine if the
pH control system is on or off (checked or unchecked, respectively).
An authorized user may change the pH setpoint by pressing the pH Setpoint field
and entering a new target pH using the on-screen keypad.
Similarly, an authorized user may perform a pH calibration by pressing the
Calibrate pH button. See Section 7.9 for details on performing a pH calibration.
pH control may be manually turned on or off only by an administrator as a
diagnostic function. Similarly, the gas mixture may be overridden only by an
authorized user using an advanced override (see Section 5.12.2). Biovest does
not recommend turning off pH control or modifying the gas mixture if the
instrument is functioning normally; changing these settings may negatively affect
the condition of the cell culture environment.
Figure 5-6: pH Control Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-8
Biovest International, Inc.
5.1.8
Primary User Interface Screens
Lactate Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Lactate field (or the surrounding area) to bring
up the Lactate screen (see Figure 5-7). This screen allows an operator to view
the calculated lactate concentration in mg/mL, the percent CO2 in the offgas, and
the bicarbonate constant of the supply media. The bicarbonate constant is
calculated during the lactate calibration step of the PRE-INOCULATION
procedure, though an authorized user may manually change it. Biovest does not
recommend modifying the bicarbonate constant if the instrument is functioning
normally; changing this value may negatively affect the condition of the cell
culture environment.
Figure 5-7: Lactate Screen
5.1.9
Cycle Detail Screen
On the Monitor screen, press any cycling field (Cycle State, EC Pressure, or IC
Pressure) or the surrounding area to bring up the Cycle Detail screen (see Figure
5-8). This screen allows an operator to view the current cycling state, the userdefined cycling parameters (Cycle Delay Time, EC Rise Time, and EC Fall
Time), and the cycling pressures that will be utilized by the cycling algorithm
during the next cycle. An authorized user may change the Cycle Delay Time, EC
Rise Time, and EC Fall Time by pressing their respective fields. These
parameters are normally set on the Run Settings 1 screen (see Figure 5-19).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-9
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The cycle state can be overridden only by an authorized user using an advanced
override (see Section 5.12.2). Biovest does not recommend manually overriding
the cycle state if the system is operating normally. Improperly setting the cycling
state can cause irreparable damage to the cultureware and may cause a cell
culture run to fail.
Similarly, the cycling pressures can be overridden only by an authorized user as
a diagnostic function. Biovest does not recommend manually overriding the cycle
pressures if the system is operating normally. The cycling algorithm will
automatically adjust these pressures to meet the desired cycle time. The
algorithm will normally meet the cycle time setpoint within three full cycles,
though it may occasionally take longer. Overriding these values may prevent
cycling from functioning properly and subsequently cause the cell culture
environment to degrade.
The cycle Type may be indicated as either Time or Pressure (Press), though
pressure-based cycling is only used during FILL/FLUSH. Time-based cycling is
used during all other run states. The cycle Type may not be modified and is
shown for diagnostic purposes only.
Figure 5-8: Cycle Detail Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-10
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.1.10 Media Temperature Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Media Temperature field (or the surrounding
area) to bring up the Media Temp screen (see Figure 5-9). This screen allows an
operator to view the media temperature setpoint, the current temperature of the
circulating media, and the temperature of the air exiting the heating coil.
An authorized user may change the media temperature setpoint by pressing the
Setpoint field and entering a new media temperature setpoint using the onscreen keypad. The air temperature exiting the heating coil may not be modified
and is shown for diagnostic purposes only.
The operator also may observe if the media temperature control system is on or
off (checked or unchecked, respectively). Media temperature control may be
manually turned on or off only by an administrator as a diagnostic function. If the
instrument is functioning normally, Biovest does not recommend turning off the
media temperature control system; doing so will likely cause the incubator
temperature to fall and may negatively affect the condition of the cell culture
environment.
Figure 5-9: Media Temp Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-11
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.1.11 Refrigerator Temperature Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Refrigerator Temp field (or the surrounding
area) to bring up the Refrigerator Temp screen (see Figure 5-10). This screen
allows an operator to view the refrigerator temperature setpoint, the current
refrigerator temperature, and the temperature of the air inside the instrument
cabinet.
An authorized user may change the refrigerator temperature setpoint by pressing
the Setpoint field and entering a new refrigerator temperature setpoint using the
on-screen keypad. The cabinet temperature may not be modified and is shown
for diagnostic purposes only.
The operator also may observe if the refrigerator temperature control system is
on or off (checked or unchecked, respectively). Refrigerator temperature control
may be manually turned on or off only by an administrator as a diagnostic
function. If the instrument is functioning normally, Biovest does not recommend
turning off the refrigerator control system; doing so will cause the refrigerator to
warm to the ambient temperature (at minimum) and may harm any factor or
harvested product stored therein.
Figure 5-10: Refrigerator Temp Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-12
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.1.12 Outflow Detail Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Outflow field (or the surrounding area) to bring
up the Outflow Detail screen. This screen shows the outflow pump position, the
outflow pump rate in mL/hr, the outflow container capacity, and the estimated
volume of fluid currently in the outflow container (see Figure 5-11). The pump
illustration also shows the direction of pump rotation (see the arrow above the
pump) and the direction of fluid flow (see the arrow next to the pump tubing).
The outflow pump rate is automatically set by the AutovaxID process control
software and can be overridden only by an authorized user using an advanced
override (see Section 5.12.2). Biovest does not recommend manually overriding
the outflow pump rate if the system is operating normally. Improperly setting the
outflow pump or neglecting to punctually clear an override can cause irreparable
damage to the cultureware and may cause a cell culture run to fail.
An authorized user may change the outflow container by pressing the Change
Container button (see Section 7.17). An authorized user may also change the
capacity of the outflow container (see Section 7.18).
By pressing the Settings button, an authorized user can access the Outflow
Controller screen (see Figure 5-23). See Section 5.5.1 for details on the Outflow
Controller screen.
Figure 5-11: Outflow Detail Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-13
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.1.13 Media Detail Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Media field (or the surrounding area) to bring
up the Media Detail screen (see Figure 5-12). This screen shows the media
pump position, the media pump rate in mL/hr, the media container capacity, and
the estimated volume of fluid currently in the media container. The pump
illustration also shows the direction of pump rotation (see the arrow above the
pump) and the direction of fluid flow (see the arrow next to the pump tubing).
The media pump rate may be automatically controlled by the AutovaxID process
control software, or it may be controlled manually by an authorized user. The
controller type is defined on the Media Controller Screen (see Figure 5-24),
which can be accessed by pressing the Settings button. The media controller is
typically set during run setup (see Section 5.5). See Section 5.5.2 for details
about each of the media pump controller types.
If the media pump is being automatically controlled by the process control
software, it may be overridden only by an authorized user using an advanced
override (see Section 5.12.2). Biovest does not recommend manually overriding
the media pump rate if the pump is being automatically controlled and if the
system is operating normally. Improperly setting the media pump or neglecting to
punctually clear an override may negatively affect the cell culture environment.
The minimum recommended media pump rate is 20 mL/hr to compensate for any
evaporative loss through the GEX.
Figure 5-12: Media Detail Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-14
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
An authorized user may change the media container by pressing the Change
Container button (see Section 7.17). An authorized user may also change the
capacity of the media container (see Section 7.18).
5.1.14 Factor Detail Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Factor field (or the surrounding area) to bring
up the Factor Detail screen. This screen shows the factor pump position, the
factor pump rate in mL/hr, the factor container capacity, and the estimated
volume of fluid currently in the factor container (see Figure 5-13). The pump
illustration also shows the direction of pump rotation (see the arrow above the
pump) and the direction of fluid flow (see the arrow next to the pump tubing).
The factor pump rate may be automatically controlled by the AutovaxID process
control software, or it may be controlled manually by an authorized user. The
controller type is defined on the Factor Controller Screen (see Figure 5-27),
which can be accessed by pressing the Settings button. The factor controller is
typically set during run setup (see Section 5.5). See Section 5.5.5 for details
about each of the factor pump controller types.
Figure 5-13: Factor Detail Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-15
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
If the factor pump is being automatically controlled by the process control
software, it may be overridden only by an authorized user using an advanced
override (see Section 5.12.2). Biovest does not recommend manually overriding
the factor pump rate if the pump is being automatically controlled and if the
system is operating normally. Improperly setting the factor pump or neglecting to
punctually clear an override may negatively affect the cell culture environment.
An authorized user may change the factor container by pressing the Change
Container button (see Section 7.17). An authorized user may also change the
capacity of the factor container (see Section 7.18).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-16
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.1.15 Harvest Detail Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Harvest field (or the surrounding area) to bring
up the Harvest Detail screen. This screen shows the harvest pump position, the
harvest pump rate in mL/hr, the harvest container capacity, and the estimated
volume of fluid currently in the harvest container (see Figure 5-14). The pump
illustration also shows the direction of pump rotation (see the arrow above the
pump) and the direction of fluid flow (see the arrow next to the pump tubing).
Figure 5-14: Harvest Detail Screen
The harvest pump rate may be automatically controlled by the AutovaxID
process control software, or it may be controlled manually by an authorized user.
The controller type is defined on the Harvest Controller Screen (see Figure 5-31),
which can be accessed by pressing the Settings button. The harvest controller is
typically set during run setup (see Section 5.5). See Section 5.5.9 for details
about each of the harvest pump controller types.
If the harvest pump is being automatically controlled by the process control
software, it may be overridden only by an authorized user using an advanced
override (see Section 5.12.2).
An authorized user may change the harvest container by pressing the Change
Container button (see Section 7.17). An authorized user may also change the
capacity of the harvest container (see Section 7.18).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-17
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.1.16 Circulation Detail Screen
On the Monitor screen, press the Circulation field (or the surrounding area) to
bring up the Circulation Detail screen (see Figure 5-15). This screen shows the
target and actual circulation pump rates in mL/min. Depending upon the
instrument state and the condition of the cell culture, the sensed flow rate may
not always match the target flow rate. An alarm will be issued if the difference is
excessive.
If the circulation controller is set to Manual, then an authorized user can set the
circulation pump rate by touching the Circulation field and entering the desired
circulation pump rate using the on-screen keypad.
An authorized user can access the Circulation Controller screen (see Figure
5-34) by pressing the Settings button. See Section 5.5.12 for details on the
Circulation Controller screen.
Figure 5-15: Circulation Detail Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-18
Biovest International, Inc.
5.2
Primary User Interface Screens
Main Menu
From the Monitor screen, press the Menu button to access the Main Menu screen (see
Figure 5-16). This screen displays six buttons that provide access to all process control
and user interface functions. The software part number and revision level is displayed at
the lower left of the screen. If they have been entered, the run name, cultureware lot
number, inoculant ID, and instrument name are displayed at the lower right (see
Sections 6.1.1 and 7.4.1). The Exit button will bring the user back to the Monitor screen.
The Logon button will only be available if user names and passwords are in use (see
Section 6.6).
Figure 5-16: Main Menu
5.3
Run Menu
Pressing the Run Menu button on the Main Menu screen will bring an authorized user to
the Run Menu screen. This is the primary screen to guide an operator through the
various steps of a cell culture run. When the instrument is in the IDLE state, the Run
Menu screen will contain a single button labeled “Start New Run” (see Figure 5-17) that,
when pressed, will allow an authorized user to start a cell culture run (see Section 7.4).
If a cell culture run is already in progress, the Run Menu screen will show two buttons:
“Continue Current Run” and “Stop Current Run” (see Figure 5-18). If the Continue
Current Run button is pressed, the user will be taken to the most current screen for the
current run state; if the Stop Current Run button is pressed, the user will be taken
through the steps required to terminate the run (see Section 7.22).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-19
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-17: Run Menu (Start New Run)
Figure 5-18: Run Menu (Continue/Stop Current Run)
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-20
Biovest International, Inc.
5.4
Primary User Interface Screens
Run Settings 1 Screen
Pressing the Run Settings button on the Main Menu screen will bring the operator to the
Run Settings 1 screen (see Figure 5-19). This screen allows access to a number of userdefinable run settings that can be modified by an authorized user. These run settings
may be reviewed by all users during run setup (see Section 7.4.1). Only authorized
users may make changes to these settings. See the following sections for a description
of each setting.
Figure 5-19: Run Settings 1 Screen
For convenience, the run settings are retained from run to run and are listed in the
Previous Run Settings column. The Default Settings are also presented for comparison.
The values in the fields in the Previous Run Settings column may be changed by an
authorized user and will be used for subsequent cell culture runs. Unless the instrument
is running in strict mode, these parameters may be changed by an authorized user
during run setup.
As an added convenience, authorized users may program up to twenty customized run
setting profiles on each AutovaxID. These profiles are stored on the AutovaxID and are
not accessible from any other AutovaxID instrument. These profiles may be loaded by
any operator during run setup. Profiles are especially useful when the instrument is
operated in strict mode to ensure that the run parameters are set properly. See Section
6.1.3 for more information on enabling strict mode.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-21
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The run settings that are saved in each profile include:

IC factor addition volume

EC factor addition volume

Cycling delay

EC Rise time

EC Fall time

Outflow pump settings

Media pump settings

Factor pump settings

Harvest pump settings

Outflow container volume

Media container volume

Factor container volume

Harvest container volume

Circulation pump settings

pH setpoint

Media temperature setpoint

Refrigerator temperature setpoint

Process control alarm settings (enabled/disabled, high/low limits)
To save a profile for future use, an operator should first make any desired changes to
the settings on this and the following Run Settings screens (Run Settings 1, 2 and 3, and
Alarm Settings 1 and 2), and then press the Save Settings button (on the Run Settings 1
screen). The operator may save the settings over an existing profile or to create a New
Entry (see Figure 5-20). To save over an existing profile, press the appropriately labeled
button, and then press Enter. To create a new profile, press the New Entry button, press
Enter, and then use the on-screen keyboard to enter a new name to uniquely identify the
run settings. The new profile will appear as a button on the Save Settings screen. The
default run settings are not configurable, and the Default profile cannot be deleted.
To use the default run settings or the run settings from an existing profile, press the Load
Settings button, and then select the appropriate profile.
To delete a profile, press the Remove Settings button, press the appropriately labeled
button on the Remove Settings screen (see Figure 5-21), and then press Enter.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-22
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-20: Save Settings Screen
Figure 5-21: Remove Settings Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-23
Biovest International, Inc.
5.4.1
Primary User Interface Screens
Factor Add IC
An authorized user may specify the volume in mL of factor (typically ECS feed
media or other supplement) to deliver to the IC during PRE-INOCULATION.

Default IC Factor Volume: 100mL

IC Factor Volume Range: 0 to 9999 mL in increments of 1mL
Note: the factor line is purged to the IC before factor addition begins. The purge
volume is not user-configurable, and it does not need to be accounted for in the
IC factor volume.
To determine the IC Factor Volume, consider that, at EC Low, the IC volume is
approximately 370mL.
5.4.2
Factor Add EC
An authorized user may specify the volume in mL of factor (typically ECS feed
media or other supplement) to deliver to the EC during PRE-INOCULATION.

Default EC Factor Volume: 100mL

EC Factor Volume Range: 0 to 9999 mL in increments of 1mL
Note: the factor line is purged to the IC before factor addition begins. The purge
volume is not user-configurable, and it does not need to be accounted for in the
EC factor volume.
To determine the EC Factor Volume, consider that, at EC Low, cultureware with
a 1.1m2 bioreactor has an EC volume of approximately 230mL; a cultureware
with a 2.1m2 bioreactor has an EC volume of approximately 300mL.
5.4.3
Cycle Delay Time
An authorized user may specify the initial time delay before cycling is turned on
during the GROWTH phase of the cell culture run. The data entry format is: dayshours:minutes (day-hr:min).
If a delay is specified, cycling is placed in the OFF state at the start of GROWTH
(cycling is not active). When the run’s elapsed time exceeds the delay time,
cycling will begin. Biovest recommends waiting three to ten days after inoculation
before turning on cycling to ensure that the cells are retained within the
bioreactor.

5.4.4
Default Cycle Delay: 7 days (7-00:00)
EC Rise Time
An authorized user may specify the length of time (in minutes) for each EC rise.

Default EC Rise Time: 15 minutes

EC Rise Time Range: 10 to 120 minutes in increments of 1 minute
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-24
Biovest International, Inc.
5.4.5
Primary User Interface Screens
EC Fall Time
An authorized user may specify the length of time (in minutes) for each EC fall.

Default EC Fall Time: 15 minutes

EC Fall Time Range: 10 to 120 minutes in increments of 1 minute
Press the Next button at the bottom of the Run Settings 1 screen to advance to the Run
Settings 2 screen.
5.5
Run Settings 2 Screen
The Run Settings 2 screen (see Figure 5-22) allows access to all of the user-definable
pump controller parameters that are used during GROWTH. Pressing the button for
each pump will display the associated pump Controller screen; see the following
sections for a description of each. For convenience, each pump Controller screen is also
accessible from the pump Detail screen via the Monitor screen.
Similar to the Run Settings 1 screen, the pump settings are retained from run to run. The
settings displayed in the Previous Settings column indicate the settings that are
associated with the current profile. The Default Settings are also presented for
comparison. Saved pump controller settings can be loaded using the Load Settings
button on the Run Settings 1 screen.
Figure 5-22: Run Settings 2 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-25
Biovest International, Inc.
5.5.1
Primary User Interface Screens
Outflow Controller
The purpose of the outflow pump is to maintain an appropriate volume of media
in the cultureware. The AutovaxID software automates the speed of the outflow
pump and generally maintains the outflow pump at a fixed rate that is faster than
the combined delivery of the other pumps. The outflow pump operates constantly
to remove media from the IC circuit. Users need not determine the rate for this
pump, nor enter a speed in process control. The outflow rate is set to
M e di Pump
a
Rat e Fac t orPump Rat e  Har v e s tPump Rat e * 1.2
or 100mL/hr, whichever is greater.
Pressing the Outflow button on the Run Settings 2 screen brings up the Outflow
Controller screen (see Figure 5-23). This screen shows the outflow pump
controller type, the outflow container volume, the state of the outflow container
alarm, and the alarm threshold. Authorized users can enable and disable the
outflow container alarm (checked and unchecked, respectively) and enter an
alarm threshold between 0 and 99 percent. The alarm threshold defines when an
alarm will be issued. For example, if the threshold value is 10%, then when the
AutovaxID software has calculated that the outflow container is within 10% of
being full, an alarm will be issued to notify the operator that the waste container
should be changed.

Default Outflow Container Volume: 20L

Outflow Container Range: 0 to 999.99L in increments of 0.1L

Default Alarm Threshold: 10%

Default Alarm State: Enabled (Checked)
CAUTION!
The design of the outflow pump requires that the waste container is
adequately vented. The outflow pump moves both media and air out of the
cultureware, so the user must vent the waste container either into a bleach
waste bottle or via a sterilizing-grade vent filter. If a filter is used, ensure that it
does not become wetted.
WARNING!
Do not use a glass vessel with an exhaust filter, if the filter becomes
wetted the vessel will become pressurized and could pose a hazard to
the operator.
The only allowable outflow pump controller type is the built-in controller (indicated
as Outflow in the Controller Type field).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-26
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-23: Outflow Controller Screen
5.5.2
Media Controller
The media pump delivers fresh cell culture media to the IC. Pressing the Media
button on the Run Settings 2 screen brings up the Media Controller screen (see
Figure 5-24). This screen shows the media pump controller type, the media
container volume, the state of the media container alarm, and the alarm
threshold. Authorized users can enable and disable the media container alarm
(checked and unchecked, respectively) and enter an alarm threshold between 0
and 99 percent. The alarm threshold defines when an alarm will be issued. For
example, if the threshold value is 10%, then when the AutovaxID software has
calculated that the media container is within 10% of being empty, an alarm will be
issued to notify the operator that the media container should be changed.

Default Media Container Volume: 20L

Media Container Range: 0 to 999.99L in increments of 0.1L

Default Alarm Threshold: 10%

Default Alarm State: Enabled (Checked)
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-27
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The Media Controller Types are:

None: No control is performed or allowed; the pump is used in
override/strict mode only and its rate is defined on the Run Configuration
1 screen (see Section 6.4.1).

Manual: The media pump rate can be entered manually at any time by an
authorized user. Each manual pump rate change is automatically logged.

Schedule: The media pump rate is scheduled to change at user-defined
times to user-defined rates. All changes to the schedule are automatically
logged; all scheduled pump rate changes are automatically logged. See
Section 5.5.3 for details on setting up a schedule.

Lactate: Sets the media pump to be controlled by the lactate setpoint.
See Section 5.5.4 for details.
An authorized user may change the media controller type by touching the
Controller Type field and then selecting the desired media controller type from
the on-screen list. Some controllers have additional setup parameters that can be
accessed by pressing the Controller Setup button. Authorized users may change
the controller type during a cell culture run.
Figure 5-24: Media Controller Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-28
Biovest International, Inc.
5.5.3
Primary User Interface Screens
Media Pump Schedule Setup
If the media controller type is set to Schedule, then pressing the Controller Setup
button on the Media Controller screen will bring up the Media Pump Schedule
screen (see Figure 5-25). This screen allows an authorized user to schedule up
to ten elapsed times with variable pump rate values. In strict mode, and when
user names and passwords are in use, only administrators may create
schedules. Normal users may view the schedule, but they may not change the
values in the Elapsed Time or the Media fields, nor can they add or delete
events. Normal users may advance or delay the schedule using the Advance and
Back buttons, or by entering a manual time shift.
To add an event, press the Add Event button at the bottom of the screen; enter
the desired Elapsed Time for the start of the event using the on-screen keypad,
and then press Enter. Events are in day-hour:minute format. The new event will
appear in the schedule; all events are automatically sorted chronologically. Press
the Med. field for the new event and enter the desired rate for the media pump (in
mL/hr) using the on-screen keypad. The media pump has a range of 0 to 400
mL/hour in 1mL/hour increments. The minimum recommended media pump rate
is 20 mL/hr to compensate for any evaporative loss through the GEX.
To delete an event, press the Delete button to the left of the event.
Events may be added or deleted during an active run by an authorized user.
Figure 5-25: Media Pump Schedule Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-29
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The event that is currently in use is highlighted (see the first event in Figure
5-25). If no events are currently active because not enough time has yet elapsed,
the highlighted area will appear after the last entry (see Figure 5-28). An
authorized user may enter a new value for any Media rate at any time during a
run. The Elapsed Time may also be changed for any event by an authorized
user, so long as the schedule has not been advanced or delayed.
The Advance and Back buttons are used to shift the time of all events backward
or forward. These buttons are intended to be used if the cell culture is growing
faster or slower than originally expected. The time shift is displayed at the bottom
of the screen. To skip ahead to the next scheduled event, press the Advance
button; to revert to a previous event, press the Back button. To remove any
advance or delay, touch the time shift field (at the bottom of the screen, to the left
of the Advance button) and enter zero (0) using the on-screen keypad.
5.5.4
Media Pump Lactate Controller Setup
If the media controller type is set to Lactate, then pressing the Controller Setup
button on the Media Controller screen will bring up the Media Control screen (see
Figure 5-26). This screen allows the media pump control to be configured based
upon a lactate setpoint.
Figure 5-26: Media Pump Lactate Controller Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-30
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The lactate concentration is calculated from the initial calculated effective
bicarbonate concentration, the CO2 concentration in the offgas, and the pH
reading. The media pump speed is automated by the controller to keep the
lactate concentration at the user-defined lactate setpoint. The minimum and
maximum media pump rates allow the user to set boundaries for the lactate
controller. The minimum recommended media pump rate is 20 mL/hr to
compensate for any evaporative loss through the GEX.

Default Lactate Setpoint: 1.000 mg/mL

Lactate Setpoint Range: 0.000 – 5.000 mg/mL in 0.001 mg/mL
increments

Default Minimum Media Pump Rate: 20 mL/hr

Default Maximum Media Pump Rate: 400 mL/hr
The PID settings in the lower right corner are coefficients used by the search
algorithms. Do NOT change these values without first contacting Biovest Account
Services. Improperly changing the PID settings could result in adverse nutrient
delivery, lactate removal, or pH control.
5.5.5
Factor Controller
The factor pump delivers fresh growth factor to the flowpath to pre-condition the
bioreactor and to maintain cell viability as required by the cell line and defined by
the operator. Pressing the Factor button on the Run Settings 2 screen brings up
the Factor Controller screen (see Figure 5-27). This screen shows the factor
pump controller type, the factor container volume, the state of the factor
container alarm, and the alarm threshold. Authorized users can enable and
disable the factor container alarm (checked and unchecked, respectively) and
enter an alarm threshold between 0 and 99 percent. The alarm threshold defines
when an alarm will be issued. For example, if the threshold value is 10%, then
when the AutovaxID software has calculated that the factor container is within
10% of being empty, an alarm will be issued to notify the operator that the factor
container should be changed.

Default Factor Container Volume: 3000mL

Factor Container Range: 0-99999mL in increments of 1mL

Default Alarm Threshold: 10%

Default Alarm State: Enabled (Checked)
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-31
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The Factor Controller Types are:

None: No control is performed or allowed; the pump is used in
override/strict mode only.

Manual: The factor pump rate can be entered manually at any time by an
authorized user. Each manual pump rate change is automatically logged.

Schedule: The factor pump rate is scheduled to change at user-defined
times to user-defined rates. The factor pump schedule may optionally be
tied to the harvest pump schedule. (Both the factor and harvest pumps
must be under schedule control in order to implement this option.) All
changes to the schedule are automatically logged; all scheduled pump
rate changes are automatically logged. See Section 5.5.6 for details on
setting up a schedule.

Time-Cycle: The factor pump can be set to turn on and off based upon a
time-based schedule where an authorized user may specify the pump
rate, delay until time, total cycle time, and on time. See Section 5.5.8 for
details. All pump rate changes are automatically logged.
An authorized user may change the factor controller type by touching the
Controller Type field and then selecting the desired factor controller type from the
on-screen list. Some controllers have additional setup parameters that can be
accessed by pressing the Controller Setup button. Authorized users may change
the controller type during a cell culture run.
Figure 5-27: Factor Controller Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-32
Biovest International, Inc.
5.5.6
Primary User Interface Screens
Factor Pump Schedule Setup
If the factor controller type is set to Schedule, then pressing the Controller Setup
button on the Factor Controller screen will bring up the Factor Pump Schedule
screen (see Figure 5-28). This screen allows an authorized user to schedule up
to ten elapsed times with variable pump rate values. In strict mode, and when
user names and passwords are in use, only administrators may create
schedules. Normal users may view the schedule, but they may not change the
values in the Elapsed Time or the Factor fields, nor can they add or delete
events. Normal users may advance or delay the schedule using the Advance and
Back buttons, or by entering a manual time shift.
To add an event, press the Add Event button at the bottom of the screen; enter
the desired Elapsed Time for the start of the event using the on-screen keypad,
and then press Enter. Events are in day-hour:minute format. The new event will
appear in the schedule; all events are automatically sorted chronologically. Press
the Fac. field for the new event and enter the desired rate for the factor pump (in
mL/hr) using the on-screen keypad. The factor pump has a range of 0 to 400
mL/hour in 1mL/hour increments.
To delete an event, press the Delete button to the left of the event.
Events may be added or deleted during an active run by an authorized user.
Figure 5-28: Factor Pump Schedule Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-33
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The event that is currently in use is highlighted (see the first event in Figure
5-25). If no events are currently active because not enough time has yet elapsed,
the highlighted area will appear after the last entry (see Figure 5-28). An
authorized user may enter a new value for any Factor rate at any time during a
run. The Elapsed Time may also be changed for any event by an authorized
user, so long as the schedule has not been advanced or delayed.
The Advance and Back buttons are used to shift the time of all events backward
or forward. These buttons are intended to be used if the cell culture is growing
faster or slower than originally expected. The time shift is displayed at the bottom
of the screen. To skip ahead to the next scheduled event, press the Advance
button; to revert to a previous event, press the Back button. To remove any
advance or delay, touch the time shift field (at the bottom of the screen, to the left
of the Advance button) and enter zero (0) using the on-screen keypad.
5.5.7
Factor Pump Schedule Tied to Harvest Pump Schedule
If both the factor and harvest controller types are set to Schedule and the Tie to
Harvest box is checked on the Factor Controller screen (see Figure 5-27), then
pressing the Controller Setup button on the Factor Controller screen will bring up
an alternate Factor Pump Schedule screen (see Figure 5-29). This screen allows
an authorized user to schedule up to ten elapsed times with variable pump rate
values for the factor and harvest pumps. The Harvest Pump Schedule screen is
not available when Tie to Harvest is enabled.
In strict mode, and when user names and passwords are in use, only
administrators may create schedules. Normal users may view the schedule, but
they may not change the values in the Elapsed Time or the Factor fields, nor can
they add or delete events. Normal users may advance or delay the schedule
using the Advance and Back buttons, or by entering a manual time shift.
To add an event, press the Add Event button at the bottom of the screen; enter
the desired Elapsed Time for the start of the event using the on-screen keypad,
and then press Enter. Events are in day-hour:minute format. The new event will
appear in the schedule; all events are automatically sorted chronologically. Press
the Fac. field for the new event and enter the desired rate for the factor pump (in
mL/hr) using the on-screen keypad; similarly, press the Harv. field for the new
event and enter the desired rate for the harvest pump (in mL/hr) using the onscreen keypad. Both pumps have a range of 0 to 400 mL/hour in 1mL/hour
increments. The pumps may be run at different rates.
To delete an event, press the Delete button to the left of the event.
Events may be added or deleted during an active run by an authorized user.
The event that is currently in use is highlighted (see the first event in Figure
5-25). If no events are currently active because not enough time has yet elapsed,
the highlighted area will appear after the last entry (see Figure 5-29). An
authorized user may enter a new value for any Factor or Harvest rate at any time
during a run. The Elapsed Time may also be changed for any event by an
authorized user, so long as the schedule has not been advanced or delayed.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-34
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-29: Factor Pump Schedule Screen (w/Tie to Harvest Enabled)
The Advance and Back buttons are used to shift the time of all events backward
or forward. These buttons are intended to be used if the cell culture is growing
faster or slower than originally expected. The time shift is displayed at the bottom
of the screen. To skip ahead to the next scheduled event, press the Advance
button; to revert to a previous event, press the Back button. To remove any
advance or delay, touch the time shift field (at the bottom of the screen, to the left
of the Advance button) and enter zero (0) using the on-screen keypad.
5.5.8
Factor Pump Time-Cycle Controller Setup
If the factor controller type is set to Time-Cycle, then pressing the Controller
Setup button on the Factor Controller screen will bring up the Time Cycle screen
(see Figure 5-30). This screen allows an authorized user to setup a time-based
controller for the factor pump. The time-cycle controller sets the pump to act in a
repeating cycle defined by the elapsed time.
Note: The Time-Cycle pump controller is NOT related to EC Cycling and does
not affect the EC Rise or EC Fall times.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-35
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-30: Factor Pump Time Cycle Controller Screen
Auto Rate: The desired pump rate to be used when the factor pump is on.
Delay Until: The elapsed time before the time cycle controller will be activated.
Total Cycle Time: The total duration of the cycle, which is equal to the on time
plus the off time.
On Time: The duration that the pump is on and running at the desired rate during
the cycle.
NOTE: The On Time must be less than or equal to Total Cycle Time. For
example if the following entries are made.
Auto Rate: 100 mL/hr
Delay Until: 3-00:00 (days-hr:min)
Total Cycle Time: 0-02:00 (days-hr:min)
On Time: 0-00:45 (days-hr:min)
then the pump will not turn on until the 3rd day of GROWTH. When it does turn
on, it will run at a rate of 100 mL/hr for 45 minutes and then shut off again for 1
hour and 15 minutes, the remaining duration of the Total Cycle Time. The pump
will continue turning on for 45 minutes and then off for 1 hour and 15 minutes for
the remainder of the run.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-36
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The Total Cycle Time and the On Time must be greater than zero. If either is set
to zero, then the factor pump will never turn on, even if the elapsed time is
surpassed.
Furthermore, setting the Total Cycle Time and the On Time to the same non-zero
value will result in the factor pump running continuously after the elapsed time
has surpassed.
5.5.9
Harvest Controller
The harvest pump moves cell-secreted products from the flowpath to storage
bags in the refrigerator for post-run processing. Pressing the Harvest button on
the Run Settings 2 screen brings up the Harvest Controller screen (see Figure
5-31). This screen shows the harvest pump controller type, the harvest container
volume, the state of the harvest container alarm, and the alarm threshold.
Authorized users can enable and disable the harvest container alarm (checked
and unchecked, respectively) and enter an alarm threshold between 0 and 99
percent. The alarm threshold defines when an alarm will be issued. For example,
if the threshold value is 10%, then when the AutovaxID software has calculated
that the harvest container is within 10% of being full, an alarm will be issued to
notify the operator that the harvest container should be changed.
Figure 5-31: Harvest Controller Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-37
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens

Default Harvest Container Volume: 3000mL

Harvest Container Range: 0-99999mL in increments of 1mL

Default Alarm Threshold: 10%

Default Alarm State: Enabled (Checked)
The Harvest Controller Types are:

None: No control is performed or allowed; the pump is used in
override/strict mode only.

Manual: The harvest pump rate can be entered manually at any time by
an authorized user. Each manual pump rate change is automatically
logged.

Schedule: The harvest pump rate is scheduled to change at user-defined
times to user-defined rates. All changes to the schedule are automatically
logged; all scheduled pump rate changes are automatically logged. See
Section 5.5.10 for details on setting up a schedule.

Time-Cycle: The harvest pump can be set to turn on and off based upon
a time-based schedule where an authorized user may specify the pump
rate, delay until time, total cycle time, and on time. See Section 5.5.11 for
details. All pump rate changes are automatically logged.
An authorized user may change the harvest controller type by touching the
Controller Type field and then selecting the desired harvest controller type from
the on-screen list. Some controllers have additional setup parameters that can be
accessed by pressing the Controller Setup button. Authorized users may change
the controller type during a cell culture run.
5.5.10 Harvest Pump Schedule Setup
If the harvest controller type is set to Schedule, then pressing the Controller
Setup button on the Harvest Controller screen will bring up the Harvest Pump
Schedule screen (see Figure 5-32), unless the Tie to Harvest box is checked on
the Factor Controller screen (see Figure 5-27). The Harvest Controller screen
allows an authorized user to schedule up to ten elapsed times with variable pump
rate values. In strict mode, and when user names and passwords are in use, only
administrators may create schedules. Normal users may view the schedule, but
they may not change the values in the Elapsed Time or the Factor fields, nor can
they add or delete events. Normal users may advance or delay the schedule
using the Advance and Back buttons, or by entering a manual time shift.
To add an event, press the Add Event button at the bottom of the screen; enter
the desired Elapsed Time for the start of the event using the on-screen keypad,
and then press Enter. Events are in day-hour:minute format. The new event will
appear in the schedule; all events are automatically sorted chronologically. Press
the Har. field for the new event and enter the desired rate for the harvest pump
(in mL/hr) using the on-screen keypad. The factor pump has a range of 0 to 400
mL/hour in 1mL/hour increments.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-38
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-32: Harvest Pump Schedule Screen
To delete an event, press the Delete button to the left of the event.
Events may be added or deleted during an active run by an authorized user.
The event that is currently in use is highlighted (see the first event in Figure
5-25). If no events are currently active because not enough time has yet elapsed,
the highlighted area will appear after the last entry (see Figure 5-32). An
authorized user may enter a new value for any Harvest rate at any time during a
run. The Elapsed Time may also be changed for any event by an authorized
user, so long as the schedule has not been advanced or delayed.
The Advance and Back buttons are used to shift the time of all events backward
or forward. These buttons are intended to be used if the cell culture is growing
faster or slower than originally expected. The time shift is displayed at the bottom
of the screen. To skip ahead to the next scheduled event, press the Advance
button; to revert to a previous event, press the Back button. To remove any
advance or delay, touch the time shift field (at the bottom of the screen, to the left
of the Advance button) and enter zero (0) using the on-screen keypad.
See Section 5.5.7 for details on setting the Harvest schedule when it is tied to the
Factor schedule.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-39
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.5.11 Harvest Pump Time-Cycle Controller Setup
If the harvest controller type is set to Time-Cycle, then pressing the Controller
Setup button on the Harvest Controller screen will bring up the Time Cycle
screen (see Figure 5-33). This screen allows an authorized user to setup a timebased controller for the harvest pump. The time-cycle controller sets the pump to
act in a repeating cycle defined by the elapsed time.
Note: The Time-Cycle pump controller is NOT related to EC Cycling and does
not affect the EC Rise or EC Fall times.
Figure 5-33: Harvest Pump Time Cycle Controller Screen
Auto Rate: The desired pump rate to be used when the harvest pump is on.
Delay Until: The elapsed time before the time cycle controller will be activated.
Total Cycle Time: The total duration of the cycle, which is equal to the on time
plus the off time.
On Time: The duration that the pump is on and running at the desired rate during
the cycle.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-40
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
NOTE: The On Time must be less than or equal to Total Cycle Time. For
example if the following entries are made.
Auto Rate: 5 mL/hr
Delay Until: 15-00:00 (days-hr:min)
Total Cycle Time: 0-01:30 (days-hr:min)
On Time: 0-00:30 (days-hr:min)
then the pump will not turn on until the fifteenth day of GROWTH. When it does
turn on, it will run at a rate of 5 mL/hr for thirty minutes and then shut off again for
one hour, the remaining duration of the Total Cycle Time. The pump will continue
turning on for thirty minutes and then off for one hour for the remainder of the
run.
The Total Cycle Time and the On Time must be greater than zero. If either is set
to zero, then the harvest pump will never turn on, even if the elapsed time is
surpassed.
Furthermore, setting the Total Cycle Time and the On Time to the same non-zero
value will result in the harvest pump running continuously after the elapsed time
has surpassed.
5.5.12 Circulation Controller
The circulation pump circulates media in the IC to supply fresh, oxygenated
media to the cells in the bioreactor and to remove metabolic waste from the
bioreactor. Pressing the Circulation button on the Run Settings 2 screen brings
up the Circulation Controller screen (see Figure 5-34). This screen shows the
circulation controller type and provides access to the controller setup.
The Circulation Controller Types are:

None: No control is performed or allowed; the pump is used in
override/strict mode only and its rate is defined on the Run Configuration
1 screen (see Section 6.4).

Manual: The circulation pump rate can be entered manually at any time
by an authorized user. Each manual pump rate change is automatically
logged.

Schedule: The circulation pump rate is scheduled to change at userdefined times to user-defined rates. All changes to the schedule are
automatically logged; all scheduled pump rate changes are automatically
logged. See Section 5.5.13 for details on setting up a schedule.
See Section 7.26.2 for recommendations on setting the circulation pump rate.
An authorized user may change the circulation controller type by touching the
Controller Type field and then selecting the desired circulation controller type
from the on-screen list. The Schedule controller has additional setup parameters
that can be accessed by pressing the Controller Setup button. Authorized users
may change the controller type during a cell culture run.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-41
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-34: Circulation Controller Screen
5.5.13 Circulation Pump Schedule Setup
If the circulation controller type is set to Schedule, then pressing the Controller
Setup button on the Circulation Controller screen will bring up the Circulation
Pump Schedule screen (see Figure 5-35). This screen allows an authorized user
to schedule up to ten elapsed times with variable pump rate values. . In strict
mode, and when user names and passwords are in use, only administrators may
create schedules. Normal users may view the schedule, but they may not change
the values in the Elapsed Time or the Circulation fields, nor can they add or
delete events. Normal users may advance or delay the schedule using the
Advance and Back buttons, or by entering a manual time shift.
To add an event, press the Add Event button at the bottom of the screen; enter
the desired Elapsed Time for the start of the event using the on-screen keypad,
and then press Enter. Events are in day-hour:minute format. The new event will
appear in the schedule; all events are automatically sorted chronologically. Press
the Cir. field for the new event and enter the desired rate for the circulation pump
(in mL/min) using the on-screen keypad. The circulation pump has a range of 0,
200 to 500 mL/min in 1mL/min increments.
To delete an event, press the Delete button to the left of the event.
Events may be added or deleted during an active run by an authorized user.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-42
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-35: Circulation Pump Schedule Screen
The event that is currently in use is highlighted (see the first event in Figure
5-35). If no events are currently active because not enough time has yet elapsed,
the highlighted area will appear after the last entry (see Figure 5-32). An
authorized user may enter a new value for any Circulation rate at any time during
a run. The Elapsed Time may also be changed for any event by an authorized
user, so long as the schedule has not been advanced or delayed.
The Advance and Back buttons are used to shift the time of all events backward
or forward. These buttons are intended to be used if the cell culture is growing
faster or slower than originally expected. The time shift is displayed at the bottom
of the screen. To skip ahead to the next scheduled event, press the Advance
button; to revert to a previous event, press the Back button. To remove any
advance or delay, touch the time shift field (at the bottom of the screen, to the left
of the Advance button) and enter zero (0) using the on-screen keypad.
Press the Next button at the bottom of the Run Settings 2 screen to advance to the Run
Settings 3 screen.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-43
Biovest International, Inc.
5.6
Primary User Interface Screens
Run Settings 3 Screen
The Run Settings 3 screen allows access to all of the user-definable pH and temperature
parameters (see Figure 5-36). Similar to the previous two Run Settings screens, pH and
temperature settings are retained from run to run. The settings displayed in the Previous
Run Settings column indicate the settings that are associated with the current run
settings profile. The default settings are also presented for comparison. Saved pH and
temperature settings can be loaded using the Load Settings button on the Run Settings
1 screen. See Section 5.1.2 for information about the run states during which each of
these settings is used.
Figure 5-36: Run Settings 3 Screen
5.6.1
pH Setpoint
An authorized user may specify the pH setpoint. The AutovaxID gassing system
automatically adjusts the air and CO2 flow rates delivered to the GEX to maintain
the circulating media at this pH.

Default pH: 7.10

pH Range: 6.80 to 7.60 in increments of 0.01
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-44
Biovest International, Inc.
5.6.2
Primary User Interface Screens
Media Temperature Setpoint
An authorized user may specify the desired temperature setpoint for the
circulating media.

Default Media Temperature: 37.0°C

Media Temperature Range: 15 to 45 °C in increments of 0.1°C
The ability for the instrument to control the media temperature to the full specified
temperature range depends upon the ambient temperature. The incubator can
only heat the media; the AutovaxID cannot cool the incubator or the circulating
media.
5.6.3
Refrigerator Temperature Setpoint
An authorized user may specify the desired temperature setpoint for the
refrigerator.

Default Refrigerator Temperature: 4.0°C

Refrigerator Temperature Range: 2 to 25 °C in increments of 0.1°C
Press the Next button at the bottom of the Run Settings 3 screen to advance to the
Alarm Settings 1 screen.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-45
Biovest International, Inc.
5.7
Primary User Interface Screens
Alarm Settings 1 Screen
The Alarm Settings 1 screen (see Figure 5-37) allows an authorized user to view and
change the high and low alarm limits for pH, Media Temperature, Refrigerator
Temperature, IC Pressure, and EC Pressure. Pressing a Low or High field will bring up
an on-screen numeric keypad for data entry. Each alarm can also be enabled or
disabled by checking or un-checking the Used checkbox, respectively.

Low: When a sensor value is lower than the Low limit, an alarm is issued.

High: When a sensor value is higher than the High limit, an alarm is issued.
NOTE: The Low value must be less than or equal to the High value.
See Table 3-4 for the High/Low alarm limits.
If enabled, alarms are activated on the following schedule.

The pH alarm is active during PRE-INOCULATION and GROWTH.

The Media and Refrigerator Temperature alarms are active after 7.5 hours into
the 24-hour FILL/FLUSH, and remain active until the end of the run.

The IC and EC pressure alarms are active when FILL/FLUSH starts, and remain
active until the end of the run.
Authorized users may enable and disable alarms during active cell culture runs.
Figure 5-37: Alarm Settings 1 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-46
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Press the Next button at the bottom of the Alarm Settings 1 screen to advance to the
Alarm Settings 2 screen.
5.8
Alarm Settings 2 Screen
The Alarm Settings 2 screen (see Figure 5-38) allows the user to view and change the
high and low alarm limits for Lactate, Cabinet Temperature, and Cycle Time. Pressing a
Low or High field will to bring up an on-screen numeric keypad for data entry. Each
alarm can also be enabled or disabled by checking or un-checking the Used checkbox,
respectively.

Low: When a sensor value is lower than the Low limit, an alarm is issued.

High: When a sensor value is higher than the High limit, an alarm is issued.
NOTE: The Low value must be less than or equal to the High value.
See Table 3-4 for the High/Low alarm limits.
Figure 5-38: Alarm Settings 2 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-47
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
If enabled, alarms are activated on the following schedule.

The Lactate alarm will be active at the factor addition step of PREINOCULATION, and will remain active until the end of the run.

The Cabinet Temperature alarm is always active, including when the instrument
is in IDLE state.

The Cycle Time alarm is active whenever cycling is on. A Cycle Time alarm will
be issued if an EC Rise or Fall takes longer than the desired cycle time plus High
Cycle Time programmed here. For example, if the EC Rise time is set for fifteen
minutes, and the High Cycle Time alarm limit it set to thirty minutes (as shown in
Figure 5-37), an alarm will occur if an EC Rise takes longer than 45 minutes.
Press the Exit button at the bottom of the Alarm Settings 2 screen to return to the Main
Menu screen. Alternatively, repeatedly press the Back button to return to the Run
Settings 1 screen so that the run settings may be saved to a profile before exiting.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-48
Biovest International, Inc.
5.9
Primary User Interface Screens
Alarm/Log Screen
The Alarms screen (see Figure 5-39) may be accessed by pressing the Alarm/Log
button on the Main Menu and may be used by any operator to view alarms and access
the log. Alternatively, for quick access to the Alarm screen, an operator may touch the
title bar on the Monitor screen.
The top portion of the Alarms screen contains a white viewing window that displays
alarms. The number of alarms in queue is displayed in the title bar in parentheses next
to the screen name: Alarms(number in queue). The Alarms screen allows the user to
view all current alarms, clear each expired alarm, acknowledge active alarms, make log
entries, view a log (current or historical), and verify that the log is free of errors. Press
the Exit button to return to the Main Menu screen.
Figure 5-39: Alarms Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-49
Biovest International, Inc.
5.9.1
Primary User Interface Screens
Alarm Handling
Users should always review each alarm and take the necessary corrective action
to correct the alarm condition. Alarms should be selectively cleared once a
parameter resumes operating within its normal range. Clearing the alarm
restores a particular alarm’s ability to recur should the parameter go out of range
in the future.
To clear an expired alarm, use the Previous and Next arrow buttons until the
desired alarm is displayed in the alarm window, and then press the Clear Alarm
button. Active alarms cannot be cleared until the condition causing the alarm is
corrected. Except for startup alarms, if an alarm remains in the queue (active,
inactive, or acknowledged), future instances of the parameter going out of range
will not cause a second alarm.
To silence the audible alarm (if enabled) and reset the red title bar to a nonflashing state while an alarm is active, an authorized user must press the
Acknowledge button. Pressing the Acknowledge button silences all currently
active alarms. Any new alarms that occur will cause the audible alarm to sound
again (if enabled) and will start the title bar flashing again. Any active alarms that
are acknowledged will remain active and cannot be cleared until corrective action
is taken to correct the alarm condition.
5.9.2
Log Entry
An authorized user may make a manual log entry by pressing the Log Entry
button. The log entry may be created using the on-screen keyboard or the
barcode scanner and may be up to 51 characters long including letters, numbers,
spaces, and punctuation. Operators are encouraged to use this feature to
document events or make comments during a run. Multiple log entries can be
used to enter long comments. Log entries are considered events and are
automatically time stamped.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-50
Biovest International, Inc.
5.9.3
Primary User Interface Screens
Verify Log
Any user may perform a verification of the current log data by pressing the Verify
button on the Alarm/Log screen. The AutovaxID software will analyze the log and
report on the Verify-Log screen if any data corruption is found (see Figure 5-40).
Figure 5-40: Log Verification Report
The log verification report may contain five types of error lines:

Error Header: The first entry giving a summary of errors.

End of File Error: This entry indicates problems with the file ending
before it is expected to.

Unknown Record Type: The record is of unknown type.

Sequence Error: The record entries are in the wrong order.

Checksum Error: The data has been corrupted or changed.
Contact Biovest Account Services for assistance with log verification errors.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-51
Biovest International, Inc.
5.9.4
Primary User Interface Screens
Log Screen
Any user may view the current log by pressing the View Log button on the
Alarm/Log screen. The Log screen (see Figure 5-41) shows the log entries for
the selected run (Current by default) that have accumulated since the start of the
run. The log screen is also used to optionally display one of eight historical logs.
The name of the log that is being displayed on the Log screen is displayed in the
title bar.
A new log is automatically started when run setup is initiated (see Section 7.4.1).
All lines in the log are time stamped.
Figure 5-41: Log Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-52
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
There are three types of log entries: alarms, events, and status. Color is used to
distinguish the types: alarms are red, events are green, and status lines are
black.

Status Lines: Status lines include sensor readings (pH, EC pressure, IC
pressure, refrigerator temperature, media temperature, offgas percent
CO2, and circulation rate), gas number, lactate, and the outflow, media,
factor and harvest pump rates. The status lines give a snapshot of the
system at periodic intervals. The status lines are logged after
FILL/FLUSH according to the frequency set by the operator (see Section
6.1.8).

Events: Events include, but are not limited to, the progression of the run
setup steps, manual overrides, changes to setpoints, changes in cycling
state from Rise to Fall, manual or automatic changes to pump rates,
changes to the pump controllers, user logon/logoff, and manual log
entries.

Alarms: Alarms are logged as they occur and show the name of the
alarm and whether it was out of range on the high or low side.
The log can be navigated using the on-screen buttons:

TOP: move to the start of the log

PG UP: move toward the start of the log by one page

Arrow Up: move toward the start of the log by one record

Arrow Down: move toward the end of the log by one record

PG DN: move toward the end of the log by one page

END: move to the end of the log
Press the Exit button to return to the Alarm/Log screen.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-53
Biovest International, Inc.
5.9.5
Primary User Interface Screens
Log View Options
Any user may perform advanced log functions using the features on the Log
View Options screen (see Figure 5-42). This screen is accessed by pressing the
Options button on the Log screen.
Figure 5-42: Log View Options Screen
Advanced log functions include:

Filtering the displayed log based upon the log entry type

Searching the log based upon a user-defined search term

Selecting the log (current or historical) to be viewed or searched

Verifying the selected log (current or historical)
Any user may select a specific log for viewing by touching the Log Select field
and then selecting the appropriate log from the on-screen list. Up to eight
historical logs can be stored and viewed on the AutovaxID. Any advanced
functions performed using the features on the Log View Options screen will be
performed on the log shown in this field.
Pressing the Verify button on the Log View Options screen will perform a
verification of the currently-selected log (see the Log Select field). See Section
5.9.3 for details on the verification report.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-54
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The log may be filtered for status lines, event lines, and/or alarm lines by
checking the appropriate box(es) on the Log View Options screen. A checked
box will display those types of entries on the Log screen for the currentlyselected log (see the Log Select field). For example, if an operator only wishes to
view the alarm lines for the current log, then the “Status lines on” and “Events
line on” checkboxes should be cleared (unchecked), and the current log should
be selected on the Log Select field. To view the filtered log, the operator must
press the Exit button to return to the Log screen. To change or reset the filtering,
press the Options button on the Log screen to again return to the Log View
Options screen.
The log may also be searched for a specific term by using the search tools on the
Log View Options screen. To perform a search, first select the appropriate log,
then enter the desired search term into the Search field using the on-screen
keyboard. Finally, press the up or down arrow (next to the Search field) to
choose the search direction. The first entry that is found to contain the search
term will be displayed at the top of the Log screen. To search for the next
instance, press the Options button on the Log screen to return to the Log View
Options screen, and then press the arrow for the desired search direction. This
iterative search process can be repeated indefinitely by the operator until the
desired entry is located.
Press the Exit button to return to the Log screen.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-55
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.10 Flowpath Screen
The Flowpath screen (see Figure 5-43) may be accessed by pressing the Flowpath
button on the Main Menu. It provides a graphical diagram of the cultureware fluid path,
provides operators with a convenient overview of system operation, and allows access
to process control and maintenance tasks, such as reservoir changes and pH
calibrations. Any user may access the Flowpath screen by pressing the Flowpath button
on the Main Menu screen. Only authorized users may perform process changes and
system maintenance.
Figure 5-43: Flowpath Screen
On the Flowpath screen, fluid tubing appears as a thin line with animated pink dots that
show the direction of flow. Gas tubing appears as thin green lines.
The bioreactor appears near the middle of the screen as a pink box with vertical white
lines running through it. The top and bottom fluid lines connected to the bioreactor are
the IC ports; the two lines coming out of the right side are the EC ports. The IC ports are
connected to the ICS where media is circulated; the EC ports are connected to the ECS
where cells are grown.
The pink block on the upper right hand side of the screen (with only a single fluid tubing
port) represents the EC reservoir. Touching it will bring the user to the Cycle Detail
screen (see Section 5.1.9).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-56
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The pink block in the top left hand corner of the screen (with four tubing ports)
represents the IC reservoir. Touching it will bring the user to the Media Temp screen
(see Section 5.1.10).
The yellow block at the middle of the screen represents the pH probe. The current pH is
noted above the probe. Touching the pH probe allows access to the pH Control screen
(see Section 5.1.7). The green block to the left of the pH probe represents the GEX;
noted above it the current gassing number, rounded to the nearest integer.
The five dotted circles represent the five fluid pumps: Outflow, Media, Factor, Harvest,
and Circulation. The Outflow, Media, Factor and Harvest pumps are shown in the same
order left to right, as the pumps are mounted in the instrument as viewed from the front.
The speed of each pump, if it is running, is noted next to its graphic. Touching any of the
five pump graphics will bring the user to that pump’s detail screen (see Sections 5.1.12,
5.1.13, 5.1.14, 5.1.15, and 5.1.16).
Valves appear on the Flowpath screen as grey blocks. The orientation of the blocks
changes depending upon the position of the valves so as to properly show the fluid
routing. The two grey blocks on the right hand side of the screen are mechanically the
same valve, but they are represented as two for flowpath clarity. Touching any valve
block will bring up the appropriate Valve Detail screen (see Figure 5-44 and Figure
5-45). Each Valve Detail screen shows the valve name, the currently-commanded valve
position (Position field), the actual valve position (from the integral valve position
sensor), and a graphical representation of the valve. Nothing on these screens is userconfigurable; users cannot set the valve positions except using Diagnostic Overrides
under the guidance of Biovest Account Services (see Section 6.5).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-57
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Figure 5-44: Harvest-EC Valve Detail Screen
Figure 5-45: Factor Valve Detail Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-58
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.11 Setup Screen
Pressing the Setup button on the Main Menu screen brings an authorized user to the
Setup screen (see Figure 5-46). The five buttons on this screen provides access to:

Configure: Used to configure the instrument settings such as System Features,
Network Settings, and Date & Time.

Diagnostics: Used by Biovest Technical Service personnel to diagnose or test
instrument hardware.

Passwords: Used to create and modify Administrator and Operator accounts
and passwords.

Touch Calibration: Used to calibrate the touch screen.

Network Print Log: Used to print the log to a network-connected TCP/IP
enabled printer on the same logical network as the AutovaxID.
See Section 6: Software Setup & Configuration for details about these features.
Figure 5-46: Setup Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-59
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.12 Advanced Menu
An authorized user can access the Advanced Menu screen by pressing Advanced
button on the Main Menu screen. The Advanced Menu provides access to the Advanced
Run Menu and the Overrides screen. These areas of the software do not need to be
accessed by regular users/operators during a normal, automated cell culture run and are
accessible only by authorized users. Any screens accessed from the Advanced Menu
should be used with caution and should only be used by an experienced operator or
under the direction of a Biovest Service Technician.
Figure 5-47: Advanced Menu
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-60
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.12.1 Advanced Run Menu
An authorized user may press the Run Menu button on the Advanced Menu
screen to display the Advanced Run Menu (see Figure 5-48). This screen shows
the seven-step sequence that the software follows for a complete cell culture run
when running automatically. This sequence is NOT enforced when the Advanced
Run Menu is used by an administrator or if Strict Mode is disabled, so operators
must use these steps carefully. An authorized user may use the Advanced Run
Menu to repeat or skip steps in the cell culture sequence. Any actions taken
using the Advanced Run Menu are automatically recorded in the log.
WARNING!
Failure to complete the proper cell culture sequence can result in a failed cell
culture run.
Figure 5-48: Advanced Run Menu
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-61
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
The seven steps are:
1. Setup: During Setup, the operator performs all of the required tasks prior
to fill/flush. These tasks include: entering information about the
cultureware and fluid containers, setting up the run parameters (pH,
cycling controller, pump controllers, and alarms), and performing a
pressurization test.
2. Fill/Flush: The fill/flush step introduces media into the cultureware and
brings the incubator up to operating temperature. The AutovaxID software
will automatically step through the fill/flush procedure without operator
intervention until the first pH calibration is required. The entire fill/flush
process takes approximately 24 hours to complete from start to finish and
uses approximately five liters of media.
3. Calibrate: This step is required to calibrate the pH sensor and to perform
the initial lactate calibration. The pH probe is dry during sterilization,
shipping, and storage and is re-hydrated during FILL/FLUSH, so this pH
calibration is critical to system function and performance. The pH
calibration must be performed by a trained operator. After the pH
calibration is complete, a lactate calibration is automatically performed by
the AutovaxID software.
NOTE: Two additional pH calibrations are required during each cell
culture run. See Sections 7.9 and 7.10.
4. Pre-Inoculation: During pre-inoculation, active process controls are used
to stabilize and control pH and EC Cycling to user-defined setpoints.
During this step, factor may be introduced into the cultureware to precondition the flowpath.
5. Inoculation: Cells are manually introduced into the bioreactor by a
trained operator during this step. The software will walk the operator
through the requisite steps. Inoculation should take approximately five
minutes (not including the time to prepare the cell inoculum).
6. Growth: The growth phase starts immediately after inoculation is
complete. The AutovaxID system typically remains in this state until the
end of the run. During this step, cells will grow and fill the ECS and cellsecreted products will be harvested and collected. The operator is
responsible for ensuring that the process control setpoints that are in use
during this phase of the cell culture run are sufficient to support cell
growth and productivity.
7. Stop: This step is used to end the cell culture production run and remove
the cultureware. After the run is stopped, the instrument is placed in the
IDLE state; pH and incubator temperature controls are stopped; the
pumps are stopped; cycling is stopped; and periodic status logging is
stopped.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-62
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
Completed steps will be indicated with a checkmark, the current step will be
indicated in green, and steps that are incomplete or have been skipped will
be neither checked nor green.
NOTE: When running an instrument in “Strict Mode”, the user is not allowed to
deviate from the normal sequence of events as described above.
WARNING!
When using the Advanced Run Menu, the user should go through the stop
sequence in order to place the rotary valves in the load position for proper
removal of the cultureware. Failure to do so may split or damage the tubing of
the cultureware being removed or the next cultureware being loaded.
When a cell culture run is terminated normally using the Run Menu (see
Section 5.3), the AutovaxID positions the valves automatically.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-63
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.12.2 Overrides Screen
As the screen warns, the Overrides Screen should be used with caution as it will
override the normal functions of the instrument, such as cycling, gassing, valve
positions, and pump flow rates. An authorized user may access the Overrides
Screen (see Figure 5-49) by pressing the Overrides button on the Advanced
Menu screen. Overrides should only be used to temporarily correct an
unexpected situation with the cell culture run, and should remain in effect for a
minimum amount of time. When in override mode, the overridden function can
only be cleared with operator intervention. In other words, the process control
software will not clear or change a value once it is overridden. The exception is at
the end of a run when any pump overrides will be cleared; any other overrides
will remain until they are cleared by an operator.
Figure 5-49: Overrides Screen
If a parameter is overridden, the data in the field will be preceded by an asterisk
(*) (see the Factor and Harvest fields in Figure 5-49). To clear an override and
revert to automatic process control, the operator should touch the overridden
field and press the Clear * button on the on-screen keypad.
CAUTION!
If an operator needs to make an override during a cell culture run, the
operator should remain at the instrument until the override is cleared.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-64
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.12.3 Cycle Overrides
On the Overrides screen, the cycle state can be overridden to seven possible
states:
Table 5-1: Cycle States
Cycle
State
Description
Typical Use
Cycling is turned off. The IC reservoir and the EC air
bag are vented to atmosphere.
Used during the first 3-10
days of GROWTH
Cycle
Cycling is on. IC and EC pressure are controlled by the
cycling algorithm to meet the user-defined cycle times.
Used during GROWTH (after
any user-defined delay)
Low
The fluid level in the EC reservoir is held near EC low.
Used during FILL/FLUSH
Drain
Applies maximum system pressure to the EC while the
IC is vented, thereby draining the EC reservoir.
Used during FILL/FLUSH
Press
Applies maximum system pressure to both the IC and
EC.
Used during automated
pressurization testing.
Stable
Turns off the valves to both the IC and EC and holds
pressure at a constant value.
Used during automated
pressurization testing.
IC-Pr
Applies maximum system pressure to the IC while the
EC air bag is vented.
Used for troubleshooting.
Off
Figure 5-50: Cycle States Overrides
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-65
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.12.4 Gas Overrides
During normal operation, the pH Control screen allows an operator to set the pH
setpoint and perform a calibration of the pH probe (see Section 5.1.7). However,
if the pH needs to be adjusted quickly by increasing or decreasing the amount of
CO2 to the system, an authorized user can override the automatic gassing
system. The percent CO2 can range from 0 to 20: a higher percent CO2 will
decrease the pH; a lower percent CO2 will increase the pH. Alternatively, the air
flow rate can be increased to remove CO2 from the system. The overrides for
CO2 and air flow rate are mutually exclusive; only one can be set at a time. To
adjust either, the operator should touch the appropriate field on the Overrides
screen.
Gassing overrides should only be used in special circumstances, such as failure
of the pH probe, as large fluctuations in pH can be detrimental to a cell cultures.
When overriding the gassing system, the operator should remain at the
instrument until the pH is within the desired range. Once pH is within range, the
operator should clear the override to resume normal gassing operation.
5.12.5 Factor Valve Overrides
The factor valve position may be changed only by an authorized user via an
override. The Factor Valve should only be overridden if directed by a Biovest
Service Technician. Improperly setting the valve position can damage the
cultureware and may be detrimental to the cell culture environment.
5.12.6 Harvest Valve Overrides
The harvest valve position may be changed only by an authorized user via an
override. The Harvest Valve should only be overridden if directed by a Biovest
Service Technician. Improperly setting the valve position can damage the
cultureware and may be detrimental to the cell culture environment.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-66
Biovest International, Inc.
Primary User Interface Screens
5.12.7 Pump Overrides
Each of the five pumps can be overridden by an authorized user. Extreme
caution should be used for pump overrides. For example, if the Outflow pump
flow rate is overridden and set at less than the total inflow rate, more media will
be flowing into the cultureware than is being removed. This condition will
eventually cause a buildup of pressure within the cultureware and will likely result
in irreparable damage to the cultureware. Sterility of the cultureware also may be
sacrificed, and depending on the nature of the cultureware failure, media and/or
cells may leak into the outside environment.
CAUTION!
If the operator needs to override the normal pump flow rate during a run, the
operator should remain at the instrument until the override is cleared.
While the override is active, the operator should carefully observe the
cultureware. The operator should never walk away from the instrument while
using pump overrides.
To perform a pump override, an authorized operator must simply touch the pump
rate field for the pump to be overridden and enter the desired pump override rate
using the on-screen keypad.
Similarly, to clear a pump override, touch the pump rate field for the overridden
pump and press the Clear (*) button on the on-screen keypad.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
5-67
Biovest International, Inc.
6
Software Setup & Configuration
Software Setup & Configuration
An authorized user can access the AutovaxID software setup and configuration functions by
pressing the Setup button on the Main Menu screen (see Figure 5-16). The Setup screen (see
Figure 6-1) contains the following five buttons.

Configure: Used to configure the instrument settings such as System Features,
Network Settings, and Date & Time.

Diagnostics: Used by Biovest Technical Service personnel to diagnose or test
instrument hardware.

Passwords: Used to create and modify Administrator and Operator accounts and
passwords.

Touch Calibration: Used to calibrate the touch screen.

Network Print Log: Used to print the log to a network-connected TCP/IP enabled
printer on the same logical network as the AutovaxID.
Figure 6-1: Setup Screen
Pressing each button will allow an authorized user to perform a unique instrument setup or
maintenance function.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-1
Biovest International, Inc.
6.1
Software Setup & Configuration
System Features Screen
Figure 6-2: System Features Screen
The System Features screen is accessed by pressing the Configure button on the Setup
screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Configure). The System Features screen
(see Figure 6-2) is used to setup several global instrument features, including:
6.1.1
Instrument Name
The instrument name is user-defined. The instrument name is recorded at the
start of a log, appears in the title bar of the Monitor screen, and is displayed on
instrument’s remote access home page (see Section 10.1). Naming the
instrument is optional, but is particularly convenient when multiple AutovaxID
systems are in use. The instrument name may be any combination of letters,
numbers, or punctuation marks that can be typed using the on-screen keyboard,
up to twelve characters long. By default, the instrument name is left blank.
6.1.2
Server Confirmation Required
This mode is intended for use with a LIMS or MES system. Checking this box
adds confirmation requirements to the run sequence. The server must then
validate the entered data (such as cultureware lot number, media lot number,
inoculum ID, etc.) before the operator is allowed to proceed. Please contact
Biovest Technical Service Personnel for additional information.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-2
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
If Server Confirmation is enabled, then a Server Confirmation screen (see Figure
6-3) will be presented to the operator after data is entered in specific fields. The
server request confirmation screen is used to allow a LIMS system to check the
values entered before an operator is allowed to continue. This screen will pop up
during run setup, inoculation, pump container change, and run termination. The
LIMS system will then receive a flag in the normal status check operation, and it
will have to return an acknowledgement packet before the user is allowed to
advance. An authorized user is allowed to skip this screen by pressing the Next
button, or may return to the previous data entry screen by pressing the Exit
button.
Figure 6-3: Server Confirmation Screen
6.1.3
Strict Mode
Strict Mode enhances proper and successful operation of the AutovaxID by
limiting operators to progressing through a cell culture run using the correct
sequence of steps and pre-defined process control parameters. Strict mode is
most beneficial when used in conjunction with usernames and passwords. When
Strict Mode is enabled, users that do not have administrative privileges are
required to follow a rigid sequence of operation. It does not allow nonadministrative users to perform overrides, modify the run settings, nor does it
allow them to deviate from the defined sequence on the Run Control screen.
Strict Mode is not enabled by default. See Section 6.6 for information on setting
up user accounts.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-3
Biovest International, Inc.
6.1.4
Software Setup & Configuration
Audible Alarm Used
This check box enables/disables the internal audible alarm. The audible alarm
will sound whenever an alarm is active and has not yet been acknowledged. The
audible alarm will be silenced once an alarm is cleared or acknowledged by an
authorized user. The audible alarm is not enabled by default.
6.1.5
Passwords Expire (days)
This field defines how often new passwords must be created by registered users.
Password expiration only applies if usernames and passwords are in use. Setting
the password expiration to zero (0) disables this feature.

Password Expiration Range: 1 to 365 days in increments of one day

Default Password Expiration: 0 (password expiration disabled)
NOTE: Biovest suggests that each facility review their own regulations
regarding periodically changing passwords and implement proper procedures.
6.1.6
Minimum Password Length
This field defines the minimum valid length for valid operator passwords. The
minimum password length specification only applies if usernames and passwords
are in use. Setting the minimum password length to zero (0) disables this feature.

Password Length Range: 2 to 12 characters

Default Password Length: 6 characters
NOTE: Biovest suggests that each facility review their own regulations
regarding passwords length and implement proper procedures.
6.1.7
Logoff Timeout (min)
The Logoff Timeout field is duration of inactivity (in minutes) that will be allowed
before the current logged on user is automatically logged off. The elapsed
inactivity time is from the last interaction by the operator with the touchscreen.
The software reverts to the Monitor screen whenever the Logoff Timeout duration
is met. Entering a zero (0) in this field will disable the logoff timeout feature.

Logoff Timeout Range: 1 to 999 minutes in one minute increments

Default Logoff Timeout Value: 60 minutes
Due to the length of the procedures, users will NOT be automatically logged off
during CO2 calibrations, container changes, and when the instrument is on Hold.
6.1.8
Status Logging (min)
This field sets the frequency (in minutes) at which status information will be
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-4
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
automatically recorded to the current log during a cell culture run. This setting
only affects status lines; status lines give a snapshot of the system state. Status
logging begins with FILL/FLUSH.

Status Logging Range: 1 to 60 minutes in one minute increments

Default Status Logging Value: 5 minutes
NOTE: Do not set the Status Logging interval to zero (0). Setting the interval to
zero will disable status logging even if the Status Logging On box is checked
(enabled).
6.1.9
Status Logging On
This check box is used to indicate whether status logging is turned on or off. An
authorized user can check or uncheck this box to turn status logging on or off,
respectively. Status logging is automatically enabled during FILL/FLUSH, PREINOCULATION, INOCULATION and GROWTH, and the status lines are logged
at the user-defined interval. To disable status logging for the duration of a cell
culture run, set the Status Logging interval to zero (see 6.1.8).
6.2
Network Configuration Screen
The Network Configuration screen is accessed by pressing Next on the System
Features screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Configure  Next). The Network
Configuration screen (see Figure 6-4) allows an authorized user to setup the IP address
so that the AutovaxID can be connected to a LAN, enable or disable remote access, and
enable or disable remote write access to the instrument.
CAUTION!
It is the responsibility of the end user to ensure the security of the LAN to which the
AutovaxID is connected. Access to the LAN must be controlled.
6.2.1
IP Address
An authorized user may assign a static IP address to the AutovaxID, or a
dynamically assigned address can be accepted from a DHCP server. To set a
static IP address, enter a valid number in each of the four IP Address fields, then
press the Apply button. The Apply button must be pressed to save the network
configuration changes. The IP address must be unique to this device and cannot
match the IP address of any other device on the LAN. Consult your local IT
support group for assistance with determining the correct IP address
configuration.

Default IP Address: 192.168.9.233
NOTE: The default IP address may not be valid for your facility and may not
provide network connectivity even if an Ethernet cable is connected to the
AutovaxID.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-5
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
Figure 6-4: Network Configuration Screen
6.2.2
Automatic Address Configuration
To allow the AutovaxID to obtain an IP address automatically from a DHCP
server, check the Automatic Address Configuration box and then press the Apply
button. The IP address assigned by the server will appear in the IP Address
fields. Press the Info button for further diagnostic information if required.
6.2.3
Browser Remote Control
Use this checkbox to enable (checked) or disable (not checked) remote access.
See Section 10 for more information about remote access. This feature must be
disabled when using the AutovaxID in a Part 11-compliant facility.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-6
Biovest International, Inc.
6.2.4
Software Setup & Configuration
Network Write Control
Use this checkbox to enable (checked) or disable (not checked) write access to
the instrument. When Network Write Control is enabled, commands can be sent
to the instrument using the LAN to read and make changes to the instrument
configuration and run setup parameters. If this feature is disabled, then changes
are not permitted and a network device can only read from the instrument. This
feature should be disabled unless needed by a LIMS or MES. The proper
utilization of this feature must be evaluated when the AutovaxID is used in a Part
11-compliant facility.
NOTE: This feature is independent of the Browser Remote Control Feature.
Network Write Control is intended for use with a LIMS or MES. Disabling Network
Write Control does NOT disable Browser Remote Control.
6.3
Date and Time Screen
The Date and Time screen is accessed by pressing the Next button on the Network
Configuration Screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Configure  Next  Next).
The Date and Time screen (see Figure 6-5) allows an authorized user to change the
system date and time. After a Time or Date field is modified, an Apply button will appear;
the Apply button must be pressed to save the changes.
NOTE: The AutovaxID does NOT automatically adjust its clock for daylight savings time.
Figure 6-5: Date and Time Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-7
Biovest International, Inc.
6.3.1
Software Setup & Configuration
Time
This is the time of day and is displayed on the title bar of all screens. The time is
also used to timestamp all log entries. The time must be entered in 24-hour
format where noon is 12:00:00.
6.3.2
Date
This is the date that is displayed on the title bar of all screens. This date is also
used to timestamp all log entries.
6.4
Run Configuration 1 Screen
The Run Configuration 1 screen is accessed by pressing the Next button on the Date
and Time screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Configure  Next  Next 
Next). The Run Configuration 1 screen (see Figure 6-6) provides the option to select and
enable a run settings profile that is automatically loaded during run setup (see Section
5.4). It also allows an authorized user to define some initial pump settings that are used
during GROWTH and FILL/FLUSH. Finally, the harvest line volume may also be defined
by an authorized user.
Figure 6-6: Run Configuration 1 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-8
Biovest International, Inc.
6.4.1
Software Setup & Configuration
Auto Load Run Settings
This field allows an authorized user to enable or disable (checked or unchecked,
respectively) automatic run settings. During run setup, a series of run setting
screens allow an authorized user to define factor addition volumes, cycle times,
pump controllers, pH and temperature setpoints, and process alarms (see pages
5-21 through 5-47). These run settings can be modified and saved to a “recipe”
for future use, or the factory default profile can be used. Any of these recipes can
be automatically loaded during run setup by enabling this feature.
To define the run settings profile that should be automatically loaded during run
setup, touch the Name field and select a recipe from the list of those that have
been previously saved.
Regardless of the run settings profile that is defined in the Name field, the
settings will only be automatically loaded if the Auto Load Run Settings box is
checked.
6.4.2
Initial Circulation Rate
The Initial Circ Rate field defines the initial circulation pump rate that is used
when the instrument enters the GROWTH state. The specified Initial Circ Rate is
only used if the Circulation Controller is set to None or Manual. If the Schedule
controller is used, then the initial pump rate defined in the circulation pump
schedule takes precedence.
6.4.3

Initial Circ Rate Range: 200 – 400 mL/min in 1 mL/min increments

Default Initial Circ Rate: 200 mL/min
Initial Media Rate
The Initial Media Rate field defines the initial media pump rate that is used when
the instrument enters the GROWTH state. The specified Initial Media Rate is only
used if the Media Controller is set to None or Manual. If the Schedule controller is
used, then the initial pump rate defined in the media pump schedule takes
precedence. Similarly, if the Lactate controller is used, then the media pump rate
will be defined by the lactate controller.

Initial Media Rate Range: 20 – 200 mL/hr in 1mL/hr increments

Default Initial Media Rate: 20 mL/hr
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-9
Biovest International, Inc.
6.4.4
Software Setup & Configuration
Fill/Flush Media Rate
The Fill Flush Media Rate field defines the media pump rate that is used during
the last step of FILL/FLUSH, during the PRE-INOCULATION calibrations, while
waiting for the operator to initiate INOCULATION, and during INOCULATION.
6.4.5

Fill Flush Media Rate Range: 20 – 50 mL/hr in 1mL/hr increments

Default Fill Flush Media Rate: 20 mL/hr
Harvest Line Volume
This field is a correction factor to the calculated accumulated harvest volume to
account for the volume of air in the harvest line and filter. This value is applied to
the harvest volume calculation at the start of SETUP; changes made to this value
after SETUP has begun are not applied to the current run. The Harvest Line
Volume should only be changed from the factory setting of 70mL if the harvest
container configuration is changed.

Harvest Line Volume Range: 0 – 999 mL in 1mL increments

Default Harvest Line Volume: 70 mL
NOTE: The Harvest Current Volume (on the Harvest Detail screen) will be a
negative value (equal to the Harvest Line Volume) at the start of a new cell
culture run.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-10
Biovest International, Inc.
6.5
Software Setup & Configuration
Diagnostic Menu Screen
WARNING!
System function can be severely affected by changing values in any diagnostic
screen or clearing the database. Operators should not use these screens except
under the direction of a Biovest Account Services representative.
The Diagnostic Menu is accessed by pressing the Diagnostics button on the Setup
screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Diagnostics). The Diagnostic Menu (see
Figure 6-7) is intended to be used only by Biovest service personnel. It allows them to
perform hardware tests and to view diagnostic readings associated with the instrument
hardware for diagnostic and calibration purposes. These functions can interfere with
normal operation of the instrument and should be performed only by trained personnel.
Descriptions of these screens are beyond the scope of this manual.
Figure 6-7: Diagnostic Menu Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-11
Biovest International, Inc.
6.6
Software Setup & Configuration
User Accounts Screen
The User Accounts screen is accessed by pressing the Passwords button on the Setup
screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Passwords). The AutovaxID software can
provide user security for up to twenty unique user accounts. Different access rights can
be assigned to Administrators and normal users (Users), thereby optionally restricting
User access to critical functions. The log will automatically record logon and logoff
events as they occur. The security features require that each operator is given a unique
username and presumes that their password is kept confidential.
A user with administrator rights has full access to the AutovaxID system. An
administrator may manage his/her own account and setup other accounts. An
administrator also may configure all of the system settings.
A regular user (a user without administrator rights) has restricted access to the
AutovaxID. Regular users may not modify the AutovaxID system settings, and they may
only manage their own account. When strict mode is enabled, regular users cannot
change run settings (pH and temperature setpoints, pump controller types, cycle times,
or alarm settings), but they can perform regular run maintenance tasks, such as pH
calibrations, pump rate changes (depending upon the controller type), and container
changes. Regular users are also allowed to step through the normal run sequence,
though they may not deviate from it.
With usernames and passwords in use, access is limited to the following screens until an
operator logs on.

Monitor

Main Menu

Run Settings (view only)

Alarm/Log (view only)

Flowpath
If any operator attempts an activity that requires a logged-on user, a Logon button will be
presented on the screen.
6.6.1
Administrator Account Setup
An administrator will establish user accounts on the AutovaxID and configure the
AutovaxID.
The first time that an operator presses the Passwords button on the Setup
screen, the setup of usernames and passwords will be initiated. The first three
screens will explain that an administrator account must be setup first (see Figure
6-8, Figure 6-9, and Figure 6-10). This first account will be the primary
administrator.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-12
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
Figure 6-8: Enable User Accounts & Passwords
Figure 6-9: Administrator Account Setup
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-13
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
Figure 6-10: Administrator Account Password
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-14
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
After reviewing the first three screens, the first input step is to enter the default
password for the software: 7860302 (see Figure 6-11).
Figure 6-11: Default System Password
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-15
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
A username must then be entered for the primary administrator account (see
Figure 6-12). Please note that the username for the primary administrator
account is NOT set from the factory. Instead, the primary administrator account
username can be any of your choosing. You may opt to use ADMINISTRATOR
as the username, or you may use any other username as you prefer. In Figure
6-12, the primary administrator username is typed as “ADMIN”. After you type the
new username of your choosing using the on-screen keyboard, press the Enter
button.
Figure 6-12: Primary Administrator Username
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-16
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
A password for this newly-created administrator account must be entered and
confirmed (see Figure 6-13). Type a valid password that is at least six characters
long (or the minimum password length as defined on the System Features
screen). The password may be any combination of the letters, numbers, and
punctuation marks that are available on the on-screen keyboard, up to 34
characters long. As the password is typed, it is kept secret by displaying only the
asterisk character (*) in the entry field. After typing the password, press the Enter
button. You will then be prompted to type the password again as confirmation.
Press the Enter button when you are finished.
CAUTION!
Do not lose the primary administrator username and password.
If the username and password are lost, the AutovaxID software will need
to be re-installed by Biovest Account Services.
Figure 6-13: Primary Administrator Password
This primary administrator account is now the first of twenty available accounts.
Please record the username for future reference and keep the password
confidential.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-17
Biovest International, Inc.
6.6.2
Software Setup & Configuration
User Account Setup by an Administrator
Once the primary administrator account is setup, the primary administrator can
create additional usernames and passwords for additional users with either
normal or administrator rights. A regular (non-administrator) account is intended
for the typical technician responsible for operating the AutovaxID. An
administrator account is an account that may be used to manage all accounts
and all system settings.
To assist with keeping all user accounts secure, the AutovaxID software requires
that all users assign their own password when they log on for the first time.
To create a new user, log in as the primary Administrator and then go to the User
Accounts screen (see Figure 6-14) by pressing the Passwords button on the
Setup screen from the Main Menu (Monitor  Menu  Setup  Passwords). If
you are not logged on as an administrator, you will be prompted to do so.
Figure 6-14: User Accounts Screen
On the User Accounts screen, press the Add Account button; using the onscreen keyboard, type the desired new username and then press the Enter
button. A pop-up screen will ask if the new user should have Administrator
privileges (see Figure 6-15); answer appropriately.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-18
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
Figure 6-15: Assigning Administrator Privileges
The new user has been created and should be listed on the User Accounts
screen.
The first time that a new user logs in, they will be required to enter and confirm a
unique password. The Administrator cannot read the passwords that have been
created by other users. If the password is forgotten, the Administrator can only
clear (reset) the password at which time the user must enter a new password.
Up to twenty user accounts can be created. If the instrument does not have any
user accounts setup, then the logon/logoff system is disabled. The AutovaxID
software requires at least the primary administrator account to remain
established if the logon/logoff feature is to remain in use. Do NOT delete the
primary administrator account unless you wish to disable the username and
password features.
REMEMBER!
Valid usernames may only be created by an administrator.
To logon, an individual operator must remember their own username. For
security reasons, the list of valid usernames is not accessible to regular users.
Also for security reasons, user passwords are not accessible and may only be
reset (not read) by an administrator. Users may change their own password.
Usernames may not be changed.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-19
Biovest International, Inc.
6.6.3
Software Setup & Configuration
Logon/Logoff Status
There are screen features that can be used to identify if a user is logged on and
what privileges that user has. These features are only in effect if users have been
setup. First, a Logon button will appear at the bottom of the Monitor and Menu
screens if no one is logged on (see Figure 6-16). If a screen requires that an
authorized user is logged on before it can be accessed, a window will appear
with a single Logon button (see Figure 6-17).
Figure 6-16: Monitor Screen with Logon Button
If a user is logged on, a Logoff button will appear at the bottom of the Monitor
and Menu screens (see Figure 6-18). Also, a special character will appear in the
title bar to the left of the screen title when a user is logged on. The type of
character displayed will depend upon the user’s rights:

Administrators: an asterisk (*) will be displayed

Regular users: a hyphen (-) will be displayed
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-20
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
Figure 6-17: Logon Menu Screen
Figure 6-18: Monitor Screen with Logoff Button
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-21
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
If a user is logged on and no activity is detected for a length of time greater than
the Logoff Timeout as setup by the system administrator, the instrument will
automatically log the user off and display the Monitor screen.
Logon and logoff events are automatically entered into the instrument’s log.
WARNING!
The system must not be left unattended when a user is logged on. Any
actions taken on the instrument are attributed to the user who is actively
logged on to the system.
6.6.4
Initial Logon Procedure for New Users
The first time that a new user attempts to log on to the AutovaxID, he/she will be
required to change their password. To log on to the AutovaxID:
1. From the Monitor screen, Main Menu, or Logon screen, press the Logon
button.
2. Type your assigned username as provided by an administrator using the
on-screen keyboard; press the Enter button.
3. When prompted for your password, press the Enter button. Your initial
password is blank, so you need not type anything for this step.
4. A screen will appear that warns the user that their password has been
reset and that they need to create a new one (see Figure 6-19); press the
OK button.
5. The next screen will prompt you to enter a new password (see Figure
6-20). Type a valid password that is at least six characters long (or the
minimum password length as defined by the system administrator). After
typing the password, press the Enter button. If you attempt to enter a
password that is too short, the AutovaxID software will notify you and
asks you to reenter a new, longer password. Your password may be any
combination of the letters, numbers, and punctuation marks that are
available on the on-screen keyboard, up to 34 characters. As the
password is typed, it is kept secret by displaying only the asterisk
character (*) in the entry field.
6. If the password is acceptable, then you will be prompted to type it again
as confirmation. Press the Enter button when you are finished. If this
second entry of your password does not match the first, the AutovaxID
software will notify you and asks you to re-enter the new password from
the beginning.
7. Your new password has now been created. Please keep it confidential.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-22
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
Figure 6-19: Password Warning
Figure 6-20: Create Your New Password
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-23
Biovest International, Inc.
6.7
Software Setup & Configuration
Touch Calibration Screen
An authorized user may calibrate the touchscreen by pressing the Touch Calibration
button on the Setup screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Touch Calibration). The
Touch Calibration screen (see Figure 6-21) prompts the user to touch the screen in five
different places, in sequence, at the center of a crosshairs. The accuracy of the
calibration is dependent upon the accuracy of the person doing the calibration. This
screen is also briefly displayed during system startup, though it should not be used
unless needed. During system startup, Touch Calibration is accessible to all users.
Figure 6-21: Touch Calibration Screen
6.8
Network Log Printing
An authorized user can print a current or historical log to a network-connected TCP/IP
printer. The printer must be PostScript-capable, and the operator must know the IP
address of the printer.
To print a log to a network printer, press the Network Print Log button on the Setup
screen (Monitor  Main Menu  Setup  Network Print Log). The Log Printer screen
(see Figure 6-22) allows the operator to specify the printer, select the log, configure the
printing preferences, and execute a printing test.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-24
Biovest International, Inc.
Software Setup & Configuration
Figure 6-22: Log Printer Screen
6.8.1
Printer IP Address
To print a log to a network printer, the operator must know the IP address of the
target network-attached printer. Consult your local IT support group for
assistance with determining the IP address of your printer. Once the IP address
is known, touch the IP Address field and enter it in dotted-decimal format using
the on-screen keyboard.
6.8.2
Pages per Sheet
The printout can be formatted so that multiple pages can be printed on each
sheet of paper. To change the formatting, touch the Pages per Sheet field and
select from the available formats: one, two, four, or eight pages per sheet.
6.8.3
Log Selection
Any of the logs currently stored by the AutovaxID can be printed using the
network printing function. To choose the log to be printed, touch the Log Select
field and select one of the available logs.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-25
Biovest International, Inc.
6.8.4
Software Setup & Configuration
Test Print
Before printing a log, it is suggested that a test print be made to confirm the
printer function. A printing test will only print the first sheet of the current log,
formatted four sheets per page. To perform a printing test, first define the IP
address of the printer, and then press the Print Test button. If the printer is
compatible and the IP address specified properly on the Log Printer screen, the
first four pages of the current log will be printed on one sheet.
6.8.5
Print Log
Once the log, formatting, and printer IP address are defined, press the Print Log
button to start printing.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
6-26
Biovest International, Inc.
7
Operating Procedures
Operating Procedures
This section of the manual describes the basic procedures for operating the AutovaxID
instrument. It is important that the user completes these procedures accurately for every
production run in order to ensure success.
WARNING!
Proper training in the handling of biohazardous materials and the use of protective
devices is the responsibility of your facility. It is important to follow your facility’s
procedures for safety and gowning, and the preparation of, handling of, treatment of,
and proper disposal of biohazardous materials to minimize the risk of injury.
7.1
Outline of a Cell Culture Run
The following is a chronological list of the major events of a typical cell culture run. Many
of these activities are performed while interacting with various AutovaxID software
screens, especially selections made in Run Control.
1. Biological Preparation
 Cell line characterization
 Media preparation
 Scale-up of cells for inoculation (see Section 7.24)
2. Instrument Setup (see previous sections)
3. Cultureware Setup
 Cultureware preparation
 Cultureware installation
 Run settings
 Instrument/Cultureware pressure test
4. Fill/Flush
5. Pre-Inoculation
 pH and Lactate calibrations
 Supplement pre-treatment
 Cycling initiation
6. Inoculation
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-1
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7. Growth
 IC Sampling
 EC Sampling (pre-filter/BRX)
 Harvest Sampling (post-filter)
 pH and Lactate calibrations
 Replacing media feed and waste bags
 Pump rate change
 Pump capacity change
 Pump setting change
 Cell removal for EOP cell bank
8. End of Run
 Cultureware Removal and Disposal
7.2
Biological Preparation
7.2.1
Cell Line Characterization
Successful mammalian cell culture production requires precise process control.
The AutovaxID is equipped with a process control system that provides the user
with complete control of the cell culture environment. A good process control
strategy quickly stimulates high density culture growth then shifts control
parameters to keep the culture in a stable environment while maintaining
production at its peak. It also allows the operator to vary conditions, if required, to
maximize production yield.
A successful process control strategy depends on a thorough knowledge of the
characteristics of the cell line. Regardless of the method used for cell
characterization, specific values for the following should be established.

optimum pH

optimum temperature

glucose and lactate levels

product concentration and yield

cell viability
These established values and other information are used to obtain target values
for the process control strategy; all cell lines have different requirements. Before
beginning a culture run, a full characterization of the cell line should be
completed. For further information on establishing process parameters, contact
Biovest Account Services.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-2
Biovest International, Inc.
7.2.2
Operating Procedures
Media Preparation
Approximately two weeks before the bioreactor is planned to be inoculated,
media preparation for the run should begin (unless the facility plans to purchase
pre-made media). The media must contain all of the necessary nutrients,
adequate sodium bicarbonate buffer, and any additional supplements required by
the cell line. The choice of media is usually determined by the cell requirements
and is often established empirically.
Depending upon the cell line, approximately 100 – 150 liters of ICS media is
needed per month during a cell culture run. ICS media is pumped into the system
as required by the individual cell line from media containers that typically contain
only enough media to be consumed by the cell line over seven to ten days. As
each container is consumed, it is aseptically changed by an operator (see
Section 7.17). Twenty to fifty liter media storage bags are commonly used; media
containers smaller than twenty liters may be impractical. The small media
containers are often stored at room temperature while they are connected to the
cultureware. Conversely, media containers larger than fifty liters may not be
consumed quickly enough before media components begin to degrade and
should be stored cold. Depending upon the media formulation and container size,
it may be necessary to store the media in the dark during the run.
The cultureware is equipped with male and female Luer connectors on the Media
port. The media container(s) that will be used during the cell culture run must be
equipped with Luer connectors, or the facility must acquire the proper Luer
adapters.
Similarly, depending upon the cell line, approximately two liters of ECS media is
needed per month during a cell culture run. The ECS media will be stored in the
AutovaxID refrigerator during the run.
If the lactate controller will be used to automatically adjust the Media pump rate,
then glucose should be the primary carbohydrate in the media. Cultured
mammalian cells typically consume glucose anaerobically, despite the presence
of ample oxygen. Serum and media may contribute other sources of
carbohydrate, but in vitro cells primarily utilize glucose which results in the
formation of lactic acid. Genetically engineered or transformed cell lines that do
not metabolize glucose and generate lactate as the principle metabolic waste
product should not be used with lactate control.
The AutovaxID pH control system is based on bicarbonate buffering chemistry.
The media must contain 2.2 to 3.5 g/L of Sodium bicarbonate. Concentrations of
Sodium bicarbonate outside of this range may prevent the AutovaxID from
properly controlling pH. Other buffers such as HEPES or Tris must NOT be used
in the media or the factor because they can interfere with the instrument’s ability
to control pH using a CO2 gas blend. The concentration of bicarbonate should be
increased as the concentration of glucose increases in the media formulation.
Higher incoming media pH will reduce the attainable initial pH setpoint for the
GROWTH phase, but will increase the system’s ability to maintain pH during the
production phase, which is often of greater concern.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-3
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
NOTE: Biovest recommends a high-glucose media (3.0-4.5 g/L) for use in the
AutovaxID to minimize the volume of media required while supplying adequate
glucose to the cell culture. Excessive media usage may result from a glucose
level lower than 3.0 g/L.
L-glutamine is an especially important metabolite. Biovest recommends a
minimum concentration of 4 mM of L-glutamine.
7.2.3
Media Sterilization
As key components of an aseptic process, all cell culture media and supplements
must be sterilized before being pumped into the system. ECS media is intended
to be sterile-filtered directly into the provided factor bag set (see Section 7.3.1.
ICS media can be purchased sterile and ready-for-use, or it can be produced by
each facility and then filter-sterilized into sterile bags or containers (as preferred
by the facility).
7.2.4
Media Quality Control
The quality of the media is one of the keys to a successful production run and
ensuring media sterility is critical. Always confirm media sterility before pumping
it into the system.
If the media has been prepared and stored for over six weeks prior to use, it
should be tested to be sure that it is still usable. Certain nutrients in the media
may degrade during long periods of storage. This degradation could result in
either the concentration of certain nutrients being too low or, as in the case of Lglutamine, the degradation converts nutrients to cytotoxic compounds.
If multiple batches of media are prepared for a particular cell culture run, be
certain to maintain the media chemistry so that the Sodium bicarbonate
concentration remains constant.
If there are any questions regarding media quality, please refer to the
manufacturer’s recommendations or contact Biovest Account Services.
7.2.5
Scale-Up of Cells for Inoculation
Refer to Section 7.24 for inoculation guidelines regarding cell density, cell
viability, and inoculum volume requirements.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-4
Biovest International, Inc.
7.3
Operating Procedures
Cultureware Setup Procedures
This section provides descriptions of the various types of cultureware and the
procedures necessary for using them that vary depending on the type of cultureware in
use.
During the cultureware setup and preparation procedure, the cultureware is unpackaged
and inspected, a full media container is aseptically connected, an empty outflow
container is aseptically connected, the factor bags are connected to the cultureware
(Legacy version only), and the factor bags are filled. The cultureware set is then ready to
be installed to the AutovaxID instrument for a cell culture run.
7.3.1
Cultureware Description
The AutovaxID cultureware is the sterile, single-use, wetted, disposable
component of the system.
All cultureware are provided sterile and ready-for-use. They are intended for
single use only and must be disposed of per your facility’s requirements after the
cell culture run is complete.
There are several models of cultureware that have various components and
features to fit a variety of applications and uses. Cultureware models fall into two
types: standard and simplified. Simplified cultureware are described in chapter 8.
Standard cultureware are described here.
There are two versions of standard cultureware that differ only in how the factor
bags are provided and prepared. (Factor bags are described in the next section.)
Current Version (part number series 600320-XXX) is provided as a single
sterile assembly. The cultureware is connected to the factor bags. These
factor bags are refillable if additional factor is needed, but this requires the
purchase of an optional sterile refill tubing line (part number 600101-072, see
chapter 13).
Legacy Version (part number series 600290-XXX) was provided as two
sterile assemblies. The cultureware is separate from the factor bags. These
factor bags are NOT refillable, so a new Factor Bag Set must be purchased
(part number 600288-000, see chapter 13) if additional factor is needed.
Standard cultureware contain:

Hollow-fiber bioreactor

Gas exchange cartridge (GEX)

EC reservoir

IC reservoir

Cycling apparatus

pH probe
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-5
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures

Circulation pump head

Circulation flow sensor

Sealed temperature probe well

Factor bag set with tubing fill line

Harvest bag set with 0.2µm filter

Four-place pump cassette
Most of the components of the cultureware (except the harvest and factor bags,
and the pump cassette) are enclosed within a clear polycarbonate cover that
serves as the incubator enclosure.
The cultureware has eight ports. Four ports are available for sampling, each with
a clamp and a female Luer connector:

IC Sample: This is the pre-bioreactor port for pH/DO/Glucose/Lactate
and other metabolic test samples.

Inoculate/EC Sample: This port is used to inoculate cells into the
bioreactor, to optionally monitor harvest concentration and cell viability,
and to optionally remove cells for an End of Production (EOP) cell bank.

Supernatant Sample: This port is used to withdraw product directly from
the harvest bag for quantization.

Cell Removal: This port can be used to remove accumulated cell debris
from the EC reservoir.
The four remaining ports are:

Media: This port is used for connecting the IC media supply. It has male
and female Luer connectors, a coiled tube that can stretch to 60”, and a
clamp.

Outflow: This port is used for connecting an outflow line or container. It
has male and female Luer connectors, a coiled tube that can stretch to
60”, and a clamp.

Supernatant: This port may be used to connect the harvest bags to
another system for post-processing. It has a male luer connector and a
clamp.

600320-XXX Standard Cultureware fourth port, Factor Fill: This port is
used for filling/re-filling the Factor Bag Set. The port has a female Luer
connector to which a sterile Luer Activated Valve and LAV cap are
attached after the initial filling operation.

600290-XXX Legacy Cultureware fourth port, Factor #1: This port is
used for connecting the Factor Bag Set to the main cultureware via the
pump cassette. The port has a male Luer connector.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-6
Biovest International, Inc.
7.3.2
Operating Procedures
Factor Bag Set Description
The Factor Bag Set is designed to hold media supplemented with high molecular
weight components that are needed for optimal cell growth. This factor is
primarily added to the EC. Thoroughly inspect the factor bag set before use to
confirm that it is sterile and undamaged. Contact Biovest Account Services if any
damage is discovered.
For the 600320-XXX Standard Cultureware:
The factor bags consist of:

Two 1.5L bags (connected together to create a single 3L volume)

Fill Tubing tubing line (Masterflex size 16 silicone tubing)

Pre-assembled Luer fittings, tubing, and clamps

Luer-Activated Valve (LAV), one

Luer-Activated Valve Cap, one
The factor bags are aseptically filled via their single-use Factor Fill tubing Line,
which requires using a Masterflex-compatible peristaltic pump. Once the factor
bags are full, aseptically disconnect (and discard) the Fill Tubing Line from the
female Luer port, connect the LAV to the female luer port to keep it closed and
sterile, and connect the luer-activated valve cap on the LAV to keep it clean.
During a cell culture run, the factor bags hang from a rack inside the AutovaxID
refrigerator. Depending upon the length of the cell culture run and the rate of the
Factor pump, the factor bags may need to be refilled during the run. If additional
factor is needed to complete the run, they may be refilled. To refill the factor
bags, purchase the optional 600101-072 tubing assembly, remove and save the
LAV cap, disinfect the LAV, and connect the male luer of the new 600101-072 to
the LAV. Fill the factor bags as described below. Once the factor bags are
refilled, disconnect and discard the 600101-072 assembly, disinfect the LAV, and
cover it with the LAV cap. If the factor bags need to be refilled again, purchase
another 600101-072 tubing assembly and repeat the previous steps.
For the 600290-XXX Legacy Cultureware:
The Factor Bag Set is packaged separately from legacy cultureware upon arrival.
The Factor Bag Set consists of:

Two 1.5L bags (connected together to create a single 3L volume)

Fill Tubing Line (Masterflex size 24 silicone tubing)

One 0.2µ media filter (in the Factor Fill tubing line)

Pre-assembled Luer fittings, tubing, and clamps

Two individually-packaged, sterile male Luer plugs
The Factor Bag Set is aseptically filled via their single-use Factor Fill tubing line,
which requires using a Masterflex-compatible peristaltic pump. A 0.2µ inline filter
is provided as a precaution to ensure the sterile factor is not contaminated during
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-7
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
the process of filling the Factor Bag Set. Once the factor bags are full, aseptically
disconnect (and discard) the Factor Fill tubing line from the two female Luer ports
and connect the two male Luer plugs to seal these ports.
During a cell culture run, the factor bags hang from a rack inside the AutovaxID
refrigerator. Depending upon the length of the cell culture run and the rate of the
Factor pump, the Factor Bag Set may not need to be replaced during the run. If
additional factor is needed to complete the run, a new Factor Bag Set must be
purchased and then filled as described. The Factor Bag Set is intended for a
single use and should be disposed of with the cultureware when the run is
complete per your facility’s requirements.
7.3.3
Cultureware Preparation
1.
Obtain an empty AutovaxID harvest/factor (refrigerator) rack, disinfect it,
and place it in the laminar flow hood or biological safety cabinet (BSC).
2.
Carefully open the cultureware shipping box and remove the bagged
cultureware assembly.
a. For Legacy cultureware only: carefully open the Factor Bag Set
shipping box and remove the bagged Factor Bag Set.
Alternative Procedure, Legacy Factor Bag Set Only: if you prefer to
prepare, fill, and store the Legacy cultureware’s Factor Bag Set in
advance of preparing the cultureware, perform steps 2a, 3a, 4a, 5a,
6a, 8, 11, 13, and 15 as part of Fill Factor Bags from 600290-XXX
Legacy Cultureware process, detailed in the next section. In this
case perform these steps before the first step of the filling procedure.
Note: Do NOT lift or carry the cultureware (and Factor Bag Set) by their sterility bag!
3.
Inspect the cultureware’s sterility bag for any punctures or damage.
Contact Biovest Account Services if any damage is found.
a. For Legacy cultureware only: inspect the factor bag set’s sterility bag
for any punctures or damage. Contact Biovest Account Services if any
damage is found.
4.
Disinfect the exterior of the cultureware’s sterility bag with 70%
Isopropanol.
a. For Legacy cultureware only: disinfect the exterior of the factor bag
set’s sterility bag with 70% Isopropanol.
5.
Place the bagged cultureware into the sterile laminar hood or BSC next to
the refrigerator rack.
a. For Legacy cultureware only: place the bagged Factor Bag Set into
the sterile laminar hood or BSC next to the refrigerator rack.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-8
Biovest International, Inc.
6.
Operating Procedures
Remove the cultureware from the sterility bag. The green tape on the
cultureware should have visible brown/red stripes to indicate proper ETO
sterilization. Thoroughly inspect the cultureware to confirm that it is
undamaged. Contact Biovest Account Services if any damage is found.
a. For Legacy cultureware only: remove the Factor Bag Set from the
sterility bag. The green tape on the Factor Bag Set should have
visible brown/red stripes to indicate proper ETO sterilization.
Thoroughly inspect the Factor Bag Set to confirm that it is
undamaged. Contact Biovest Account Services if any damage is
found.
7.
Remove all foam, tape, and other packing materials from the cultureware.
8.
Remove all foam, tape, and other packing materials from the factor bags.
9.
Leave the cultureware’s pump cassette in place.
10.
Confirm all cultureware tubing clamps are open and no tubing is
obstructed. Contact Biovest Account Services if a clamp is found closed
or tubing is obstructed.
11.
Confirm all factor bag tubing clamps are open and no tubing is
obstructed. Contact Biovest Account Services if a clamp is found closed
or tubing is obstructed.
12.
Confirm all cultureware Luer connectors are finger-tight. Do not overtighten the connectors to prevent cracking them or making them
excessively difficult to open them later when necessary!
13.
Confirm all factor bag Luer connectors are finger-tight. Do not overtighten the connectors to prevent cracking them or making them
excessively difficult to open them later when necessary!
14.
Hang the harvest bags on the refrigerator rack. Do these bags first!
a. Mount one harvest bag on each side of the rack
b. Use caution to not puncture the bags
c. Do not kink or twist any tubing
d. Slide the attached in-line filter into the clip in the center of the rack
15.
Hang the factor bags on the refrigerator rack. Do these bags second!
a. Mount one factor bag on each side of the rack and on the outside of
the harvest bags
b. Use caution to not puncture the bags
c. Do not kink or twist any tubing
Note: The harvest bags should be towards the inside of the rack, and the
factor bags should be towards the outside. There should be one harvest bag
and one factor bag on each side of the rack.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-9
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Note for Legacy Cultureware Only: If the factor bags were pre-filled and
frozen, they must be thawed before they are connected to the cultureware,
hung on the bag rack and placed in the refrigerator. Frozen bags are more
susceptible to puncture, may not fit inside the refrigerator, and may drop the
refrigerator temperature below the user-defined setpoint, thereby causing an
alarm.
16.
Legacy Cultureware Only: Aseptically connect the Factor #1 line from the
cultureware to the Factor #1 from the Factor Bag Set using their mating
Luer fittings.
17.
Aseptically connect an outflow container to the cultureware’s Outflow line
using its Luer connectors. Ensure the outflow container is vented using a
0.2µ hydrophobic filter whether it is a collapsible bag or is rigid!
WARNING!
Do not use a glass vessel with an exhaust filter, if the filter becomes
wetted, the vessel will become pressurized and could pose an
explosion hazard to the operator.
18.
7.3.4
Aseptically connect a media container to the cultureware’s Media line
using its Luer connectors. If the media container is a collapsible bag, it
does not need to be vented. If the media container is rigid, it must be
vented using a 0.2µ hydrophobic filter.
Filling the Factor Bags
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Factor is your preferred basal cell culture medium with added growth
supplements, such as fetal bovine serum at a variety of concentrations or
one of the many commercially available serum-free media.
Prepare a little more than 3L of factor in advance. Or, prepare < 3 L, if the
production run will be short, i.e., approximately < 45 days.
Transfer the sterile factor into a sterile container(s) that has a cap or
tubing line that is compatible with male or female Luer connectors.
If the Factor container(s) is rigid, it needs to be vented using a 0.2µ
hydrophobic filter. If the Factor container(s) is a collapsible bag, do not
use a vent filter.
Plug the container’s Luer fittings.
Store the factor solution at 4°C for at least 24 hours so it will be cold
during the next step in the process, Filling the Factor Bags, described
next. In this manner, the cell culture run can begin as soon as possible. (If
the factor solution is not pre-cooled, it will take the AutovaxID refrigerator
up to 24 hours to cool the factor, which may affect the factor’s potency.
Fill the factor bags using the procedure relevant for the style of factor
bags in use, either the new version (600320-XXX) or the Legacy version
(600290-XXX).
Fill the factor bags with minimal delays to minimize the amount the factor
warms during the process of filling the bags.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-10
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Fill Factor Bags from 600320-XXX Standard Cultureware
1.
Load a portion of the factor bags’ 72 inch (183 cm) long, size 16 silicone
Factor Fill tubing line into a compatible size 16 (Masterflex) peristaltic
pump.
2.
Verify that the tubing is loaded in the correct orientation so that media will
be pumped into the factor bags and not out of them.
3.
Aseptically connect the inlet end of the Factor Fill tubing line to the
container with the cold (4 ̊C) EC media (factor) using the Luer fittings on
the end of the Factor Fill tubing line.
4.
Close the Factor 1 clamp.
5.
Ensure the factor Fill clamp is open.
6.
Turn on the pump in the correct direction to begin pumping the factor into
the factor bags.
7.
Stop the pump when the bags contain desired volume determined above.
Do not exceed 3L! Over-filling the factor bags may damage them and
cause factor to leak!
8.
Close the factor Fill clamp.
9.
Aseptically disconnect the Factor Fill tubing line from the single female
luer port near the factor Fill clamp.
10.
Connect the supplied sterile Luer-Activated Valve (LAV) to close the open
Factor Fill port. Do not over-tighten the LAV.
11.
Use 70% Isopropanol to disinfect the supplied non-sterile LAV Cap and
connect it to the LAV.
12.
Unload the tubing from the pump and discard it per your facility’s
procedures.
Fill Factor Bags from 600290-XXX Legacy Cultureware
1.
Carefully open the Factor Bag Set shipping box and remove the bagged
Factor Bag Set.
2.
Inspect the sterility bag for any punctures or damage. Contact Biovest
Account Services if any damage is found.
3.
Clean the exterior of the sterility bag and the exterior of the male Luer
plug packages with 70% Isopropanol. Place the pre-packaged male Luer
plugs in a clean laminar flow hood or biological safety cabinet and do not
open the packaging yet.
4.
Remove the Factor Bag Set from the sterility bag in the hood or BSC. The
green tape on the Factor Bag Set should have visible brown/red stripes to
indicate proper ETO sterilization. Remove all foam, tape, and other
packing materials.
5.
Thoroughly inspect the Factor Bag Set to confirm it is undamaged.
Contact Biovest Account Services if any damage is found.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-11
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
6.
Confirm all tubing clamps are open and no tubing is obstructed. Contact
Biovest Account Services if any clamps are found closed or if any tubing
is obstructed.
7.
Identify the Factor Bag Set’s 0.2µ inline filter’s inlet tubing. This tubing is
opposite from the two factor bags and is Masterflex size 24. Load a
portion of this inlet tubing into a compatible size 24 (Masterflex) peristaltic
pump. Ensure the tubing is loaded in the correct orientation so that media
is pumped into the factor bags and not out of them.
8.
Aseptically connect the inlet end of the Factor Fill tubing to the container
with the EC media (factor) using the Luer fittings on the end of the Factor
Fill tubing line.
9.
Close the Factor 1 clamp.
10.
Confirm the bleed screw in the 0.2µ inline filter housing is closed and all
five tubing clamps on the Factor Fill tubing line are open.
11.
Turn on the pump in the correct direction to begin pumping factor into the
factor bags.
12.
Stop the pump when the bags contain desired volume determined above.
Do not exceed 3L! Over-filling the factor bags may damage them and
cause factor to leak!
13.
Close the five clamps on the Factor Fill tubing line.
14.
Aseptically disconnect the Factor Fill tubing from the two top ports of the
factor bags.
15.
Use the two supplied sterile Luer plugs to close the top ports of the factor
bags.
16.
Unload the Factor Fill tubing assembly from the pump and discard it per
your facility’s procedures.
17.
If you are following the Alternative Procedure, Legacy Factor Bag Set
Only described in the previous section (see Cultureware Preparation
above), perform the following steps:
a. Refrigerate the filled Factor Bag Set until it is needed for a cell culture
run.
b. To start a run, disinfect the Factor Bag Set and place it in a sterile
laminar hood or BSC.
c. Transfer the Factor Bag Set from the rack the bags are on to the other
rack that already has the cultureware’s harvest bags mounted on it,
see step 15 under Cultureware Preparation above.
d. Perform steps 16 – 18 under Cultureware Preparation above.
Note: Biovest recommends that the filled Factor Bag Set be cooled to
approximately 4°C before it is placed in the AutovaxID refrigerator. Placing
warmer bags in the refrigerator may cause alarms and will take up to twentyfour hours to reach the refrigerator temperature setpoint.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-12
Biovest International, Inc.
7.3.5
Operating Procedures
Cultureware Installation
1. Transfer the entire cultureware, including the loaded refrigerator rack, the
connected media container, and the connected outflow container from the
hood or BSC to the AutovaxID instrument.
2. Place the factor/harvest bag rack in the AutovaxID refrigerator compartment.!
CAUTION!
Be careful of the chiller mounted on the ceiling of the refrigerator compartment
to prevent damaging the materials or injuring your hands!
3. Place the main cultureware assembly onto the AutovaxID instrument by
sliding the incubator enclosure onto the black rails. Push the cultureware
back until it is mated flush with the interface panel.
4. Place the three lines coming out of the refrigerator into the three slots on the
left hand side of the refrigerator opening. Close the refrigerator door. Ensure
that no tubing lines are pinched. The luer-activated valve is designed to stay
within the refrigerator after each factor bag filling operation.
5. Use the two latches at the top and side of the instrument to secure the
cultureware in place. Ensure that no external tubing lines are pinched.
CAUTION!
Do NOT use the latches to force the cultureware into position. The
cultureware should slide smoothly and mate easily with the instrument. If any
resistance is felt, remove the cultureware and attempt to install it again. If
resistance is again felt, contact Biovest Account Services.
6. Remove the pump cassette from its shipping location in the cultureware
cover. Rotate it downward and install it into the pump panel in the front of the
instrument (beneath the cultureware shelf). Insert the pump cassette into the
panel until stiff resistance is felt. Then, while gently pushing the pump
cassette towards the instrument, rotate the knob on the left side of the
instrument towards the front of the instrument (clockwise when looking at the
knob from the left) ¼ turn to draw and lock the pump cassette into the pump.
The cultureware is now installed and is ready for use.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-13
Biovest International, Inc.
7.4
Operating Procedures
Run Settings
The following sections assume that you have read and understand Sections 5 and 6 (at
minimum). They also assume that you have a sufficient understanding of hollow-fiber
cell culture theory, how to operate the AutovaxID user interface, and that the instrument
has been setup properly. Please review the previous sections as necessary before
attempting to start a cell culture run.
7.4.1
Setup Run
From the Monitor Screen, navigate to the Setup Run screen (see Figure 7-1) by
pressing Menu  Run Menu  Start New Run. Touch the Run Name field and
enter a description for the Run Name. This can be the cell line name, batch
number, lot number, instrument number, or any unique set of numbers and/or
letters to identify the particular run (up to twenty-five characters). When in Strict
Mode, the Run Name is required.
Touch the Cultureware Lot Number field and enter the unique Cultureware Lot
Number. The cultureware lot number is provided in three locations: on the
outside of the shipping carton, on the certificate of compliance, and on an
adhesive label on the cultureware cover. When the on-screen keyboard is
displayed, the lot number can be manually typed in or it may be scanned from
any of the labels using the barcode scanner. When in Strict Mode, the
Cultureware Lot Number is required.
Use the Run Information field to optionally enter any other miscellaneous
information about the cell culture run.
Run Name, Cultureware Lot Number, and Run Information are automatically
entered into the log.
Press the Run Settings button to review the run settings, to load the default or
previously-saved run settings, or to save the current settings (see Sections 5.4 5.8).
From the Setup Run screen, press the Next button to continue.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-14
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-1: Setup Run Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-15
Biovest International, Inc.
7.4.2
Operating Procedures
Setup Run 1
On the Setup Run 1 screen (see Figure 7-2), sequentially select the Outflow,
Media, and Factor Container ID fields and enter their identifying information.
When the on-screen keyboard is displayed, the container IDs can be manually
typed in, or they can be scanned from a barcode label using the barcode
scanner. The container IDs may be up to thirty characters long. When in Strict
Mode, the Container IDs are required.
From the Setup Run 1 screen, press Next to continue.
Figure 7-2: Setup Run 1 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-16
Biovest International, Inc.
7.4.3
Operating Procedures
Setup Run 2
Following the sequence shown on the Setup Run 2 screen (see Figure 7-3),
close the indicated clamps. In Strict Mode, the box next to each instruction must
be checked after each clamp is closed in order to proceed to the next screen.
From the Setup Run 2 screen, press Next to continue.
Figure 7-3: Setup Run 2 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-17
Biovest International, Inc.
7.4.4
Operating Procedures
Setup Run 3
Following the sequence shown on the Setup Run 3 screen (see Figure 7-4),
open the indicated clamps. In Strict Mode, the box next to each instruction must
be checked after each clamp is opened in order to proceed to the next screen.
From the Setup Run 3 screen, press Next to continue.
Figure 7-4: Setup Run 3 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-18
Biovest International, Inc.
7.4.5
Operating Procedures
Instrument/Cultureware Pressure Test
An automatic pressure test is performed to confirm the integrity of the
cultureware before initiating a new cell culture run. Pressure tests can also be
performed for periodic servicing or to assess equipment functionality. The
pressure test will begin automatically after the operator presses Next on the
Setup Run 3 screen. After the pressure test is complete, a pass or fail result will
be given.
Figure 7-5: Pressure Test in Process
The pressure test sequence is:
1. Pressurizing: The cultureware is pressurized to approximately
200mmHg during 120 seconds.
2. Stabilizing: The cultureware is allowed to equilibrate for twenty seconds.
3. Waiting: The IC and EC will be monitored for pressure loss for sixty
seconds.
During the pressure test, the actual pressure readings for both the IC and EC are
displayed at the bottom of the screen in mmHg (see Figure 7-5).
The pressure test passes if the EC and IC lose no more than 5mmHg during the
duration of the Waiting portion of the procedure; conversely, the pressure test
fails if the pressure drops more than 5mmHg in either the IC or the EC.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-19
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Sixty seconds after a successful pressure test (see Figure 7-6), the system will
automatically advance to the first FILL/FLUSH step. Alternatively, the operator
may press the Next button on the Pressure Test screen to proceed immediately.
Figure 7-6: Pressure Test Passed
If the pressure test fails, the operator should attempt to fix the cause of the failure
and retest with the assistance of Biovest Account Services personnel.
Alternatively, the operator may press Exit to stop the current run and replace the
cultureware if so instructed by Biovest Account Services personnel.
If the pressure test fails, the following procedure may be used to attempt to
locate and correct the cause of the failure.
1. Repeat the clamping instructions (see Setup Run 2 and Setup Run 3
screens) to ensure the clamps are open or closed appropriately.
2. Ensure that all tubing is centered in its respective clamps and their entire
diameter is clamped. Even a small portion of unclamped tubing can allow
a leak.
3. Ensure that all fittings are reasonably tight. Use caution to not overtighten fittings - damage may occur.
4. Ensure that the pump cassette is properly installed to the pump module
and that all pump tubing is properly secured.
5. Monitor the IC and EC pressure during the pressure test sequence to
help determine the source of the failure.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-20
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
If the pressure test continues to fail after a couple of attempts and the source of
the leak/failure cannot be located or corrected, please contact Biovest Account
Services. Do NOT proceed to FILL/FLUSH.
WARNING!
If Strict Mode is NOT in use, the operator can continue to FILL/FLUSH
even if the pressure test has failed. Biovest does NOT recommend or
support advancing to FILL/FLUSH after a failed pressure test.
Proceeding with FILL/FLUSH after a failed pressure test may damage the
cultureware or result in an unsuccessful cell culture run.
Note: Pressing the Exit button before the pressure test is complete or pressing
the Back button before the start of FILL/FLUSH will return the operator the Setup
Run screens. The Run Name, Cultureware Lot Number, Run Information, Run
Settings, and Container IDs will be retained; the clamp states are not retained
and will need to be reconfirmed before starting a new pressure test if in Strict
Mode.
7.5
Fill/Flush Procedure
The hollow fibers within the bioreactor are kept wetted with a stabilizing agent during
storage and before use to maintain their physical integrity. This stabilizing agent is
cytotoxic and must be flushed out of the cultureware before inoculation. The
FILL/FLUSH procedure achieves two necessary results: flushes the stabilizing agent
from the inside and outside of the hollow fibers, and adds media to the cultureware.
Approximately five liters of media is required to perform a complete FILL/FLUSH. The
operator is not required to manipulate any clamps during FILL/FLUSH.
The FILL/FLUSH procedure is fully automated and requires approximately twenty-four
hours. If an operator presses the Exit button and returns to the Monitor screen,
FILL/FLUSH will continue in the background and the AutovaxID State will be noted as
FILL. To return to the current FILL/FLUSH screen, press Menu  Run Menu 
Continue Current Run.
During FILL/FLUSH:

Rapid cycling is performed to aid flushing the hollow fibers.

The air and CO2 flow rates are fixed to stabilize the pH of the media.

Automatic media temperature control is turned on

Media temperature alarms are turned on based upon operator settings.

Refrigerator temperature alarms are turned on based upon operator settings.

Pumps are turned on and off as necessary.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-21
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
While operators do not need to understand the details of the automated FILL/FLUSH
procedure for successful operation of the AutovaxID, the steps of the procedure are
listed below for informational purposes. These steps coincide with those shown on the
following FILL/FLUSH screens.

Position the valves for EC reservoir evacuation (see Figure 7-7).

Evacuate all of the air from the EC reservoir (see Figure 7-8).

Position the valves for IC reservoir fill (see Figure 7-9).

Pre-fill the IC reservoir for twenty-five minutes (see Figure 7-10 and Figure 7-11).

Fill the GEX and the IC side of the bioreactor (ICS) (see Figure 7-12).

Refill the IC reservoir (approximately twenty minutes) (see Figure 7-13).

Enable temperature control and begin IC flush (continues for 7½ hours) (see
Figure 7-14).

Position the valves to allow EC flush using cycling. The system is held in the
LOW state for twenty minutes while media moves into the EC and the IC refills
(see Figure 7-15).

Cycling begins; the IC and EC are flushed for the remainder of the twenty-four
hours (see Figure 7-16 and Figure 7-17).
Note: The values shown in the fields of the following FILL/FLUSH screens may not
match the values observed on your AutovaxID instrument and should not be cause
for concern. The following screens are intended to show the FILL/FLUSH sequence,
not typical FILL/FLUSH sensor data or process control parameters.
At the end of FILL/FLUSH, the system will be ready for PRE-INOCULATION (see Figure
7-18).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-22
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-7: Fill/Flush Step 1
Figure 7-8: Fill/Flush Step 2
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-23
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-9: Fill/Flush Step 3
Figure 7-10: Fill/Flush Step 4
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-24
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-11: Fill/Flush Step 5
Figure 7-12: Fill/Flush Step 6
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-25
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-13: Fill/Flush Step 7
Figure 7-14: Fill/Flush Step 8
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-26
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-15: Fill/Flush Step 9
Figure 7-16: Fill/Flush Step 10
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-27
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-17: Fill/Flush Step 11
Figure 7-18: Fill/Flush Step 12
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-28
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Note: If the operator exits FILL/FLUSH at step 12 before the countdown to PREINOCULATION finishes, the system will NOT enter PRE-INOCULATION. The system
will continue to run the Media, Outflow, and Circulation pumps, supply a fixed gas
blend, and maintain the media temperature until PRE-INOCULATION begins. The
operator must return to the FILL/FLUSH screen to start PRE-INOCULATION. The
countdown to PRE-INOCULATION will resume when the operator returns to the
FILL/FLUSH screen.
7.6
Pre-Inoculation Procedure
During PRE-INOCULATION, the cell culture environment is stabilized and is prepared
for inoculation. The pumps operate at preset parameters; temperature control, EC
cycling, and alarm/event logging are active; active pH control is turned on (after the pH
probe has been calibrated). During this phase, the Circulation pump runs at 500mL/min,
the Media pump runs at the user-defined FILL/FLUSH rate (20mL/hr default; see Section
6.4.4), and the Outflow pump runs automatically at varying rates to ensure proper
system volume. After an initial required pH calibration, PRE-INOCULATION continues
automatically through factor addition until INOCULATION. During PRE-INOCULATION,
the AutovaxID state will be noted as PRE-INOC on the Monitor Screen.
Figure 7-19: Pre-Inoculation Step 1
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-29
Biovest International, Inc.
7.6.1
Operating Procedures
Initial pH Calibration
PRE-INOCULATION relies on operator intervention and will not advance until the
pH probe is calibrated. If an operator presses the Exit button and returns to the
Monitor screen during FILL/FLUSH or PRE-INOCULATION, the PREINOCULATION procedure will pause at pH Calibration and await operator
invention; the AutovaxID State will be noted as PRE-INOC on the Monitor
screen. To return to the current PRE-INOCULATION screen, press Menu  Run
Menu  Continue Current Run.
The AutovaxID requires that the operator calibrate the pH probe using an off-line
analyzer. Accurate pH and lactate control depends upon the quality and accuracy
of the off-line pH measurement and adherence to the pH calibration procedure.
Care must be taken to ensure good results.
To prevent delaying inoculation, this initial pH calibration should be performed as
soon as possible after the system reaches PRE-INOCULATION. Active pH
control will start after pH calibration is complete.
Prior to starting the pH calibration, the operator must have three sterile syringes:
one 10cc syringe that will be used for flushing the sample line, one 5cc syringe
that will be used for drawing the sample, and another 10cc syringe that will
remain connected to the IC Sample port to protect the sterility of the port. It may
also be used for flushing the IC Sample line prior to taking the next pH calibration
sample. All three syringes must have male Luer fittings.
To perform the pH calibration:
1. Press the pH Calibrate button on the Preinoculation 1 screen (see Figure
7-20).
2. The Calibration Sample screen (see Figure 7-21) will instruct the operator
how to perform a pH calibration.
3. To complete Step 1 (“Make sure Off-line meter is ready”), verify that the
off-line pH meter has been recently calibrated using the appropriate
calibration buffers or their equivalent and that it is prepared to measure a
pH sample.
4. Use one of the larger (10cc) syringes to complete Step 2.
5. Use the smaller (5cc) syringe to collect the pH sample during Step 3.
Press the Next button. The flush syringe from Step 2 may be discarded
according to your facility’s requirements.
As noted in Step 4, it is important that the Next button is pressed
IMMEDIATELY after the sample is taken so that the system can capture
the current cell culture conditions for use during the calibration process.
Erroneous pH and lactate calibration results may occur if Step 4 is performed
after the off-line pH measurement is complete.
6. Aseptically replace the 5cc sample syringe with the other clean 10cc
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-30
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
syringe. Leave the clamp on the IC Sample line closed.
7. Measure the pH of the sample in an off-line analyzer, and then enter the
off-line measurement on the pH Calibration Entry screen (see Figure
7-22).
Figure 7-20: Pre-Inoculation Step 2b
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-31
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-21: pH Calibration Sample
Figure 7-22: pH Calibration Entry
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-32
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
After the pH value has been entered, press the Exit button. The AutovaxID will
then automatically perform the initial lactate calibration (see Figure 7-23). After
the automatic lactate calibration, the AutovaxID will report that all calibrations are
complete and that it is ready for factor addition. Just prior to preparing the scaledup cells for inoculation, press the Next button to start factor addition (see Figure
7-24).
Figure 7-23: Pre-Inoculation Step 3
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-33
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-24: Pre-Inoculation Calibrations Complete
7.6.2
Factor Addition
After the initial pH calibration and just before preparing the cells for inoculation,
the operator initiates the Factor Addition procedure, as pre-defined on the Run
Settings 1 screen (see Section 5.4). Factor Addition is used to add ECS media
(factor) to either the IC and/or EC prior to inoculation. Examples of factor could
include serum or other high molecular weight protein supplements used during
the scale up of cells prior to inoculation. Unless protein-free media is to be used,
the addition of factor to the bioreactor is necessary because FILL/FLUSH is
performed using only basal media. If protein supplements are necessary, Factor
Addition results in the conversion of the ECS media from basal to complete
(supplemented) media. Factor must be added before inoculation to ensure that it
mixes thoroughly throughout the entire ECS. To minimize the shock during the
seeding process, do not rely on inoculation to switch the ECS media from basal
to complete.
During Factor Addition, the factor line is first purged of air into the IC (see Figure
7-26), and then the defined volumes of factor are pumped into the EC and IC
circuits (see Figure 7-27 and Figure 7-28). It is recommended that Factor
Addition not be done more than twenty-four hours prior to inoculation to minimize
factor dilution.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-34
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
NOTE: The hollow fiber bioreactor supplied with the AutovaxID cultureware has a
nominal molecular weight cutoff (MWCO) of 10,000 Daltons (10 kDa), so small
molecular weight components such as peptides, hormones, cytokines and growth
factors may be lost in the IC. If any component in the media is larger than 30,000
Daltons molecular weight, it may not cross the hollow fiber membrane. The
operator should determine whether a component can pass through the hollow
fiber wall and if the component is critical for cell growth or production.
Factor Addition to the IC is optional and, when setup by the operator, occurs only
once. Factor in the IC effects cell growth only during the first few days of the run
and can minimize the initial cell growth lag after inoculation. Once a cell culture
has begun to grow efficiently, continued factor addition to the IC is unnecessary.
Figure 7-25: Pre-Inoculation Step 7
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-35
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-26: Pre-Inoculation Step 8
Figure 7-27: Pre-Inoculation Step 9
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-36
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-28: Pre-Inoculation Step 10
Figure 7-29: Pre-Inoculation Step 11
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-37
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
At the end of the PRE-INOCULATION stage, the instrument will wait indefinitely
until the user starts the inoculation procedure (see Figure 7-29). During this time,
the Media pump will continue to run at a minimum rate (20 mL/hour) to ensure
that there is sufficient media in the flowpath, though the factor in the cultureware
will become continually more diluted.
For best results, the AutovaxID cultureware should be inoculated within ten
hours of the completion of Factor Addition.
If more than ten hours has elapsed since Factor Addition was performed, a
warning will be issued prior to INOCULATION (see Figure 7-30). On the
Inoculation Warning screen, the operator is given the option of repeating the
Factor Addition or continuing on to INOCULATION. Though the recommended
procedure is to repeat the Factor Addition, it is ultimately at the discretion of the
operator or the facility’s operating procedures.
Always wait until the cells are ready for inoculation before advancing the
AutovaxID into INOCULATION.
NOTE: If the user enters INOCULATION by pressing Next after Step 11 of PREINOCULATION (see Figure 7-29), but then waits more than ten hours before
inoculating the bioreactor, the warning will not appear. Once INOCULATION has
begun, the AutovaxID will show the State as INOC on the Monitor screen.
Figure 7-30: Inoculation Warning
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-38
Biovest International, Inc.
7.7
Operating Procedures
Inoculation Procedure
The following steps are recommended just prior to inoculation.

Inspect all culture vessels microscopically before pooling to verify the presence
of healthy culture in mid-log phase of growth. The most important factors in
inoculation are the health, viability, and density of the inoculum. Variability in the
inoculum has a lasting effect on the outcome of the cell culture run.

If applicable, pool all culture vessels and withdraw a sample for counting
purposes. The initial lag time for growth in the bioreactor will be less if they are in
mid-log phase of growth.

Pull any required samples for testing as defined by the facility or operator (for
example: Sterility, Mycoplasma etc.)

If required, concentrate the cell inoculum by centrifugation, and then pool all cell
pellets after re-suspension in conditioned or fresh media.
No more than 50 ml may be used for inoculation. A larger volume may cause flooding of
the IC and wetting of the IC bag vent filter. Refer to the Optimization Procedure (Section
7.26) for target ranges of inoculation density, volume, media formulation and viability.
From the screen showing PRE-INOCULATION Step 11 complete (see Figure 7-29),
press the Next button to advance to INOCULATION. If the operator has already exited to
the Monitor screen, he/she may return to the current PRE-INOCULATION screen by
pressing Menu  Run Menu  Continue Current Run.
7.7.1
Inoculation Step 1
Prior to inoculation, the system positions the Harvest/EC valve so that the ECS is
isolated; the path from the Inoculate/EC Sample port to the bioreactor is opened.
The Outflow pump speed is set to maximum to remove fluid from the IC reservoir
to compensate for the fluid being injected during the inoculation process.
The operator is instructed by the AutovaxID software to enter the Inoculation
Syringe ID (see Figure 7-31). An Inoculation ID must be entered before you will
be allowed to proceed. Press the Syringe ID field and use the on-screen
keyboard or the barcode scanner to enter any alpha-numeric ID.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-39
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-31: Inoculation Step 1
7.7.2
Inoculation Step 2
After the Syringe ID has been entered, press the Next button to proceed to the
Inoculation Step 2 screen. The operator should follow the on-screen instructions
to connect the syringe containing the inoculum to the cultureware and inject the
cells into (inoculate) the bioreactor (see Figure 7-32).
CAUTION!
Do not force the inoculum into the system too rapidly to prevent damage to
the bioreactor fibers.
To assist the operator, each step may be checked on the Inoculation Step 2
screen as it is completed by touching the appropriate line (see Figure 7-33).
When the bioreactor has been inoculated, press the Next button.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-40
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-32: Inoculation Step 2
Figure 7-33: Inoculation Step 2, Checklist
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-41
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
The Start Growth screen will be presented to the operator. As indicated, the
instrument will enter GROWTH mode after the operator presses the Next button
(see Figure 7-34).
CAUTION!
Do not leave the instrument on the Inoculation Step 2 screen indefinitely
because, at this step, process control has not yet been started. The cell
culture environment will not be controlled by the instrument to the userdefined parameters until the instrument is in GROWTH.
After pressing the Next button, the operator will automatically be returned to the
Monitor screen. The instrument State will indicate GROWTH.
Figure 7-34: Start Growth Screen
7.8
Cycling
The Cycling parameters (Delay and Cycle Time) are dependent upon the characteristics
of the cell line and should be decided upon by the facility or operator. Cycling is typically
initiated once the cells show signs of steady metabolic growth. Cycling can be delayed
for slow growing cell lines or if operating under low protein conditions. Cycling is typically
delayed (not in use) post-inoculation to minimize the early loss of cells into the EC
reservoir.
After the start of GROWTH, Cycling will be delayed for the operator-configured time (see
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-42
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Sections 5.4.3 - 5.4.5). During GROWTH, the cycling parameters can be adjusted by
touching the Cycle field on the Monitor screen. On the Cycle Detail Screen (see Figure
5-8), the Cycle Delay Time, EC Rise Time, and EC Fall Time can all be independently
adjusted by an authorized user.
7.9
Mid-Run pH Calibrations
Authorized users should perform additional pH calibrations during a cell culture run. The
pH probe will likely drift during the first week after FILL/FLUSH. A pH calibration should
be performed if the difference between the current value and the off-line value exceeds
0.05. If using the lactate control, the difference should not exceed 0.03. After a pH
calibration, allow the reading to stabilize, and then retest the pH using a new IC sample
until the instrument agrees with the off-line measurement.
Prior to starting the pH calibration, the operator must have three sterile syringes: one
10cc syringe that will be used for flushing the sample line, one 5cc syringe that will be
used for drawing the sample, and another 10cc syringe that will remain connected to the
IC Sample port protect the sterility of the port. It may also be used for flushing the IC
Sample line prior to taking the next pH calibration sample. All three syringes must have
male Leur fittings. If a 10cc syringe was left on the IC Sample port after a previous pH
calibration, then only one 10cc and one 5cc syringe will be required.
To perform a pH calibration during a cell culture run:
1. Press the pH field on the Monitor screen
2. Press the Calibrate pH button on the pH Control screen (see Figure 7-35) to
bring up the pH Calibration Menu (see Figure 7-36).
3. On the pH Calibration Menu, press 1. to bring up the Calibration Sample screen
(see Figure 7-21) with instructions on how to perform a pH calibration
4. To complete Step 1 on the Calibration Sample screen, verify that the off-line pH
meter has been recently calibrated using the appropriate calibration buffers or
their equivalent and that it is prepared to measure a pH sample.
5. Use a 10cc syringe to flush the IC Sample line (Step 2 on the Calibration Sample
screen). If a 10cc was left on the IC Sample port during a previous pH calibration,
open the clamp on the IC Sample line and use the syringe to flush the line.
Alternatively, aseptically connect a new 10cc syringe and perform the flush.
6. Use the 5cc syringe to collect the pH sample (Step 3 on the Calibration Sample
screen). Press the Next button. The 10cc flush syringe from Step 2 may be
discarded according to your facility’s requirements.
As noted in Step 4 on the Calibration Sample screen, it is important that
the Next button is pressed IMMEDIATELY after the sample is taken so
that the system can capture the current cell culture conditions for use
during the calibration process.
Erroneous pH and lactate calibration results may occur if Step 4 is performed
after the off-line pH measurement is complete.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-43
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7. After taking the sample and pressing the Next button, you will be returned to the
Calibration Menu.
8. Aseptically disconnect the 5cc syringe from the IC Sample port and connect a
new 10cc syringe. Leave the IC Sample line clamp closed.
9. Take an off-line measurement of the pH sample, and then press 2. on the
Calibration Menu.
10. Enter the off-line measurement on the pH Calibration Entry screen (see Figure
7-22), and then press Exit.
Figure 7-35: pH Control Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-44
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-36: pH Calibration Menu
7.10 pH Calibration Schedule
Use the following schedule to perform pH calibrations.

Perform the initial required pH calibration after FILL/FLUSH

Calibrate pH 3 days after the initial pH calibration

Calibrate pH 7 days after the initial pH calibration
After these first three pH calibrations, additional calibrations may be performed at the
discretion of the operator or facility. Off-line measurements may be used to evaluate the
necessity of pH calibrations.
7.11 Mid-Run Lactate Calibration
A lactate calibration can be performed by an authorized user at any time during a cell
culture run to force the AutovaxID system to recalculate the lactate variables. The initial
lactate variables were automatically calculated after the initial pH calibration during PREINOCULATION.
Mid-run lactate calibrations are useful when a different lot of media is added to the
system. If a lactate calibration is to be performed, it is strongly recommended that a pH
calibration be done first. A single IC sample may be used for both tests, although the pH
should be measured first because the pH of the sample will change relatively rapidly,
whereas the lactate concentration is relatively stable.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-45
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
To perform a lactate calibration:
1. Press 3. on the Calibration Menu screen (Monitor  pH field  Calibrate pH 
3.)
2. The lactate calibration assumes that you have already obtained an IC sample
and have performed a pH calibration. Use the same sample to perform an off-line
lactate measurement.
3. Enter the off-line lactate measurement on the Lactate Calibration Entry screen
(see Figure 7-22), and then press the Exit button.
If lactate control is not used, then lactate calibrations can be ignored or omitted. Consult
a Biovest Technical Service representative or the Media Control Screen in Flowpath
Setup for further information.
NOTE: In order to obtain the most accurate results, perform the lactate
calibration a few hours after a different lot of media has been attached to the
cultureware. The lactate calibration is specific to the lot of media and is
dependent upon the bicarbonate concentration. At least two system volumes of
the new media should be allowed to dilute the old media in the flowpath before
the lactate calibration is performed; the slower Media pump rate, the longer it
will take to sufficiently dilute the IC media.
Figure 7-37: Lactate Calibration Entry Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-46
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.12 Recommended Run Tasks
There are various day-to-day procedures and process parameter changes that
authorized users may be required to perform to maintain the cell culture environment.
The following schedule is a suggested guideline; actual maintenance is dependent upon
the cell culture conditions.
7.12.1 Daily Tasks

Check that both the media and factor levels are sufficient to supply the
AutovaxID for the next twenty-four hours. Keep in mind that schedule or
lactate controllers may change the current media pump rate and the rate of
media consumption may increase. For an estimation of the volume remaining
in the media or factor reservoir, press either pump on the Monitor screen to
bring up the Detail screen for that pump. The Detail screen will give the
operator the estimated current volume remaining in the respective reservoir
as well as the operator-specified capacity and current pump rate.

Ensure that the pH is within tolerance of the specified setpoint; perform a pH
calibration if necessary (see the calibration schedule in Section 7.10).

Check the CO2 supply to ensure sufficient capacity and that the pressure is
12±1 psi at the source.

Check the outflow reservoir to ensure that there is sufficient volume
remaining to contain the outflow for the next twenty-four hours. Keep in mind
that schedule or lactate controllers may change the current outflow pump
rate. For an estimation of the volume remaining in the outflow reservoir, press
the outflow pump on the Monitor screen to bring up the Outflow pump Detail
screen. The Detail screen will give the operator the estimated current volume
remaining in the outflow container as well as the operator-specified capacity
and current Outflow pump rate.

Check that the outflow reservoir is properly vented and there are no kinked
tubing lines.

Check the Monitor screen and Alarm/Log screen for any alarms. Investigate
any alarms (active or inactive) and take appropriate action, adding notes to
the log as appropriate.

Check the offgas container; empty any condensate from the container as
required, following proper biohazard procedures. Re-fill the container with
bleach (or other sanitary solution per your facility’s requirements) so that the
end of the offgas line is submerged.
7.12.2 Periodic Tasks

Perform pH calibrations per the recommended schedule (see Section 7.10).

Perform a lactate calibration, if applicable due to media container change.

Change the Outflow and Media containers as required.

If in manual mode, adjust the Media pump rate to maintain cell growth.
NOTE: If utilizing the lactate or schedule control feature, then manual
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-47
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
adjustments to the Media pump are not required.

If in manual mode, adjust the circulation pump rate. See Section 7.26.2 for
recommended Circulation pump rates.

As desired, sample the ICS for metabolic parameters: pH, dissolved oxygen
(DO), Glucose, Lactate, Glutamine, Glutamate, and Ammonia. These data
may be useful for cell line optimization, but are not required. They may be
used to improve cell growth and productivity during a cell culture run. The
metabolic indicators will vary depending upon the individual cell line,
inoculation density, doubling time etc. If using manual pump controllers,
sampling the IC at least two to three times per week is recommended until
the Media pump and Circulation pump rates are at their maximum levels.

Sample the EC/Bioreactor (pre-filter) for current productivity using the
Inoculate/EC Sample port. Adjust the Harvest pump rate based upon the
productivity of the cell line.

Sample the harvest bag (post-filter) for accumulated production using the
Supernatant Sample port. Ensure that the harvest bag is mixed prior to
withdrawing a sample for quantization.

Withdraw cells from the bioreactor prior to shut down for End of Production
Cell Bank (if required).
7.13 IC Sampling Procedure
An IC sample can be taken during a production run to assess the metabolic activity and
cell growth. To take a sample, three sterile syringes will be required: two 10cc syringes
for flushing the IC Sample line, and one 5cc for the IC sample. All syringes must have
male Luers. A larger syringe may be used for the IC sample if required by the facility’s
assay procedure.
1. Aseptically attach the 10cc syringe to the IC Sample port.
2. Unclamp the IC Sample line and remove 5 to 10 mL to flush the line.
3. Close the IC Sample clamp.
4. Aseptically disconnect the 10cc syringe and replace it with the syringe selected
for the IC sample (5cc). The 10cc flush syringe may be discarded per your
facility’s requirements.
5. Unclamp the IC Sample line again and remove the necessary sample volume for
off-line analysis.
6. Close the IC Sample clamp.
7. Aseptically disconnect the IC Sample syringe and replace it with a new 10cc
syringe. Leave the IC Sample clamp closed. This 10cc syringe will protect the
sterility of the IC Sample port and can be used to flush the IC Sample line prior to
taking the next IC Sample.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-48
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.14 EC Sampling Procedure (Pre-Filter)
The cell culture and its secreted protein (product) are retained in the EC. Knowing the
product concentration can aid the operator in establishing and adjusting the Harvest
pump rate. Comparison of the product from the harvest bag versus directly from the
bioreactor may be useful to determine cell culture activity. When comparing the product
from these two locations, keep in mind that the harvest bag contains a composite of all
product that has been collected whenever the Harvest pump has been run throughout
the cell culture run.
Three 3cc syringes with male Luers are required to take an EC sample. To take an EC
sample from the bioreactor:
1. Aseptically connect a 3cc syringe to the Inoculate/EC Sample port.
2. Unclamp the Inoculate/EC Sample line and fill the syringe to flush the line.
3. Close the Inoculate/EC Sample clamp.
4. Aseptically disconnect the 3cc flush syringe and replace it with a new 3cc
syringe. The 3cc flush syringe may be discarded per your facility’s requirements.
5. Unclamp the Inoculate/EC Sample line again and remove the volume required for
the off-line assays.
6. Close the Inoculate/EC Sample clamp.
7. Aseptically disconnect the 3cc sample syringe and replace it with a new 3cc
syringe. Leave the Inoculate/EC Sample clamp closed. This 3cc syringe will
protect the sterility of the Inoculate/EC Sample port and can be used to flush the
Inoculate/EC Sample line prior to taking the next EC Sample.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-49
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.15 Harvest (Supernatant) Sampling Procedure (Post-Filter)
After the Harvest pump has been started, product (supernatant) will be collected in the
harvest bag and should occasionally be measured for content. Depending upon the type
of product secreted by the cells, this measurement may be in units of concentration or
activity. The supernatant may be filtered or unfiltered depending upon whether or not the
Cell Filter Bypass clamp has been closed or opened, respectively.
Three 3cc syringes with male Luers are required to take a Supernatant sample. To take
a Supernatant sample from the harvest bags:
1. Aseptically connect a 3cc syringe to the Supernatant Sample port.
2. Unclamp the Supernatant Sample line and fill the syringe to flush the line.
3. Close the Supernatant Sample clamp.
4. Aseptically disconnect the 3cc flush syringe and replace it with a new 3cc
syringe. The 3cc flush syringe may be discarded per your facility’s requirements.
5. Unclamp the Supernatant Sample line again and remove the volume required for
the off-line assays.
6. Close the Supernatant Sample clamp.
7. Aseptically disconnect the 3cc sample syringe and replace it with a new 3cc
syringe. Leave the Supernatant Sample clamp closed. This 3cc syringe will
protect the sterility of the Supernatant Sample port and can be used to flush the
Supernatant Sample line prior to taking the next Supernatant Sample.
7.16 Cell Filter Bypass Clamp
The harvest bag assembly contains a 0.2µm cellulose acetate filter. This filter can be
used to filter the harvested product (supernatant) as it is pumped into the harvest bags.
Alternatively, if filtering is not required/preferred, or if the filter becomes clogged, a Cell
Filter Bypass line is also available. This line is normally clamped during run setup (see
Figure 7-3), but it may be opened at any time during a cell culture run at the operator’s
or the facility’s discretion. No process control changes are required if the filter is
bypassed, but the calculated harvest volume will not compensate for the change in
harvest routing.
7.17 Replacing Pump Containers
The Outflow, Media, and Factor containers may all be changed during a cell culture run.
The Harvest bags are pre-assembled to the cultureware and do not have any disconnect
provisions. However, the Supernatant in the Harvest bags may be moved into another
container during a cell culture run using the container changing procedure. The
Supernatant may be transferred using a pump or siphon as preferred by the operator or
facility. The Supernatant port has a male Luer and may be used to aseptically connect
the harvest bags to the preferred Supernatant storage container. Contact Biovest
Account Services if further assistance is required.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-50
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
To change a container, touch the pump field on the Monitor screen for the container that
you would like to change. On the pump Detail screen that appears, press the Change
Container button. After pressing this button, two screens will provide assistance with the
change procedure. The first screen, the Help screen, simply explains the change
procedure (see Figure 7-38); after reviewing, press Next to proceed.
Figure 7-38: Container Change Help Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-51
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
The next screen provides an opportunity to enter any details about the next container
that will be connected and to make an entry in the log if necessary (see Figure 7-39).
The necessary container information is at the discretion of the operator, but it may
include the Media lot number, the Factor lot number, the ID of the Outflow container, or
the ID of the Harvest container that the Supernatant was transferred into, as examples.
The container ID may be entered by touching the Container ID field and using either the
on-screen keyboard or the barcode scanner to enter the necessary information. When
the Container ID information is complete, press the Next button to temporarily stop the
appropriate pumps.
Figure 7-39: Container Change Details Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-52
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Before the AutovaxID stops the pumps, it confirms the container change once again. If
everything is ready, the operator should press the Yes button to proceed. Otherwise, the
operator may press No to return to the previous screen. (See Figure 7-40)
Figure 7-40: Container Change Confirmation Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-53
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Immediately after the Yes button is pressed, the AutovaxID software will stop the
appropriate pumps and prompt the operator to aseptically change the selected container
(see Figure 7-41).
Figure 7-41: Container Change In Process
As prompted, when the container change is complete, press the Done button to resume
the pumps; you will be returned to the pump detail screen. Press the Exit button to return
to the Monitor screen.
After the container change has been completed, the volume indicator on the Monitor
screen will revert to full or empty as is appropriate for the changed container. The
container graphic on the associated pump Detail screen will also change appropriately.
Note: If container volume alarms are enabled (see the pump Controller screens), do
not change containers without using this procedure. Changing pump containers
without following the container changing procedure will prevent the estimated current
container volume from resetting, will result in continued container alarms, and will
cause erroneous future volume estimations by the AutovaxID software.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-54
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.18 Container Capacity Change
An authorized user may change the capacity of a pump container (Outflow, Media,
Factor, or Harvest) by pressing the Settings button on the appropriate pump Detail
screen to bring up the associated pump Controller screen. (The pump Detail screen can
be accessed by pressing the appropriate pump field on the Monitor screen.) On the
pump Controller screen, press the Container Volume field to bring up an on-screen
keypad. (Alternatively, you may touch the word Capacity on the pump Detail screen to
bring up the on-screen keypad.) Use the on-screen keypad to enter the Container
Volume. If no container is used (for example, if the media supply is unlimited, or the
outflow is not pumped into a container), the operator may enter zero (0) for the
Container Volume. If no container is used, no container alarms will be issued.
From the pump Controller screen, press Exit to return to the pump Detail screen. From
the pump Detail screen, press Exit to return to the Monitor screen.
7.19 Pump Rate Change
When a pump is operated in manual mode, an authorized user may change the pump
rate by touching the rate field on the appropriate pump Detail screen. (The pump Detail
screen can be accessed by pressing the appropriate pump field on the Monitor screen.)
The pump rate may be entered using the on-screen keypad and will be checked by the
AutovaxID software before it is implemented to confirm that is within the acceptable
range for that particular pump. Valid pump rates will be implemented immediately if the
flowpath is active (not IDLE). All changes to the pump rates will be automatically logged
as events. Advanced manual overrides to the pump rates (entered by administrators on
the Advanced Overrides screen) will supersede any pump rates that are set on the pump
Detail screens.
7.20 Cell Removal from the EC Reservoir
During a cell culture run, cell mass may collect in the EC reservoir. This cell mass
typically does not affect the function of EC Cycling, but may be removed by an operator
if required by the facility procedures. To maximize the cell removal, this procedure
should be performed immediately after the end of a Rise cycle. This procedure requires
Advanced Overrides to be set and may be performed only by an administrative user.
To remove cells from the EC reservoir:
1. Obtain three sterile 60cc syringes with male Luer connectors that can be used to
collect the cell mass from the EC reservoir. An operator should expect to collect
~140mL from the EC reservoir.
2. Aseptically remove the sterility protector from and connect one of the syringes to
the Cell Removal line of the cultureware. This line exits the incubator at the front
cultureware, near the left side. Aseptically retain the sterility protector for re-use
after the cell removal is complete.
3. If usernames and passwords are enabled, logon to the AutovaxID as an
administrative user.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-55
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
4. Watch the Monitor screen and wait for the cycle state to switch from Rise to Fall.
After the cycle switches, press Menu  Advanced  Overrides to access the
Overrides screen (see Figure 5-49).
5. Touch the Harvest-EC valve field and override the valve to the 3-Brx position.
6. Touch the Cycle State field and override the cycle state to Drain.
7. Open the clamp on the Cell Removal line and allow the contents of the EC
reservoir to be pushed into the syringe. If the cell mass is compacted or is not
being pushed out, the operator may use the syringe to agitate or extract the
contents of the EC reservoir.
8. Multiple collection syringes may be required. Close the clamp on the Cell
Removal line before aseptically switching the syringes.
9. When the EC reservoir has been sufficiently drained, close the clamp on the Cell
Removal line. The collection container may remain in place to protect sterility.
Alternatively, the collection container may be aseptically removed and the Cell
Removal line plugged using a new syringe, the original sterility protector, or a
sterile male Luer plug.
10. Touch the Cycle State field on the Overrides screen and override the cycle state
to Low.
11. Touch the Harvest-EC valve field and remove the valve override by pressing the
Clear * button on the on-screen keypad. The valve will revert to 2-Brx & Cycle.
12. The EC reservoir will begin to re-fill using fluid from the IC. Leave the Cycle State
overridden to Low for five to ten minutes, or until the EC reservoir is sufficiently
re-filled and the IC reservoir is approximately half full.
13. Touch the Cycle State field on the Overrides screen and remove the cycling
override by pressing the Clear * button. The Cycle State will revert to Rise or
Fall.
14. Repeatedly press the Exit button to return to the Monitor screen.
15. Press the Logoff button.
Depending upon the duration of this procedure and the Logoff Timeout setting (see
Sections 6.1.7), the operator may be automatically logged off during cell removal. If this
occurs, simply continue the cell removal and log back in as necessary.
The cells and product that have been collected in the syringe(s) may be retained for
processing per your facility’s requirements and procedures.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-56
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.21 Cell Removal for End of Production (EOP) Cell Bank
Prior to shutting down the cell culture run, cells may be withdrawn for an End of
Production Cell Bank and/or as test samples (if required). Cells may be drawn from the
Inoculate/EC Sample port. Follow the EC Sampling Procedure (see Section 7.14), but
draw a larger EC Sample volume as required by your facility. The cells should be
removed and processed for storage according to your facility’s requirements.
7.22 End of Run
At the end of a cell culture run, two screens instruct the operator how to stop the run and
remove the cultureware. From the Monitor Screen, press Menu  Run Menu  Stop
Current Run. Press Yes to confirm that you would like to stop the run (see Figure 7-42),
then follow the on-screen instructions to place the instrument into the IDLE state and
safely remove the cultreware (see Figure 7-43 and Figure 7-44).
WARNING!
Failure to use the stop sequence to end a cell culture run may prevent the
rotary valves from returning to the load position. Removal of the cultureware
with the valve in the wrong position may split or damage the tubing of the
cultureware being removed or the next cultureware being loaded.
Figure 7-42: End of Run Confirmation
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-57
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
Figure 7-43: Stop Run 1 Screen
Figure 7-44: Stop Run 2 Screen
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-58
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.23 Cultureware Removal and Disposal Procedure
WARNING!
Used cultureware should be considered a biohazard and handled according to
your site’s procedures for handling, treatment and proper disposal.
The AutovaxID cultureware is intended for single use only and must be properly
disposed of after the cell culture run is completed.
The refrigerator rack for the harvest and factor bags is the only reusable
component; be certain to save it for future cell culture runs!
To remove the cultureware:
1. Following the prompts on the Stop Run 1 screen (see Figure 7-43), close the
Media and Factor clamps. Press the Next button.
2. Wait for the instrument to show that it is safe to remove the cultureware (see
Figure 7-44). Press the Next button on the Stop Run 2 screen.
3. Close the Outflow clamp.
4. Disconnect the Media and Outflow containers.
5. Remove the rack with the harvest and factor bags from the refrigerator.
6. Remove the factor bags from the rack.
7. If the Supernatant in the harvest bags is to be processed at a later time, clamp
and disconnect (clamp and cut) the line from the culturware. Remove the bags
and filter from the rack and store according to your facility’s specifications.
8. Place the emtpy rack back inside the refrigertor or store per your facility’s
requirements for re-use.
9. Unlock and remove the pump cassette.
10. Unlatch the cultureware from the instrument.
11. Place the cultureware, pump cassette and factor bags into a biohazard bag and
dispose of according to your facility’s procedures for biohazardous material.
12. Prior to the next cell culture run, clean the instrument with a disinfectant or mild
soap solution. Avoid spilling or spraying directly on the touchscreen. Refer to the
Section 7.27.2 for further cleaning recommendations.
7.24 Data Archive
The purpose of data archiving is to provide a stored record of the cell culture run. This
record can be used as a method to review runs, print logs, and graph data using
commercially available programs. It is recommended that the log for each production run
be saved prior to shutting down the AutovaxID; refer to Section 10.3.1 for further
information.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-59
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.25 Production Guidelines
The following guidelines may be used as a general cell culture protocol that is often
successful with murine hybridomas. Due to the varying characteristics of cell lines, these
guidelines may or may not result in a successful cell culture run in all applications.
Biovest claims no responsibility for the use of these settings. It is the user’s own
responsibility to develop a successful process control strategy and production protocols.
Contact Biovest Account Services to discuss your application.

Start the Media pump at 20mL/hr on day zero. It is critical to keep a minimum
amount of media flowing through the instrument to ensure that the water vapor
evaporated through the GEX does not cause metabolites to become
concentrated.

Start the Factor pump at a rate of 1 to 3 mL/hr two to five days after inoculation,
depending upon the cell line requirements. The Factor pump rate may need to be
increased over the course of the production run to best maintain a healthy cell
population. An increasing Factor pump rate often results in greater overall
productivity.

Start the Harvest pump at 1 to 3 mL/hr two to ten days after inoculation. The
Harvest pump should often be run at the same rate as the Factor pump. Similar
to the Factor pump, depending upon the specific cell line requirements, the
Harvest pump rate may need to be increased over the course of the cell culture
run for optimal productivity. NOTE: if the Harvest pump rate is slower than the
Factor pump rate, the concentration of factor in the EC will be higher than
expected. Likewise, if the Harvest pump rate is faster than the Factor pump rate,
it is possible to dilute the factor concentration in the EC. In certain applications, a
lower EC factor concentration has been shown to result in greater productivity
and/or purer harvests.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-60
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.26 Optimization Guidelines
The following suggestions are offered to users to help improve the quality of cell cultures
that are grown using the AutovaxID. Because each cell line responds uniquely to the cell
culture conditions, it is not possible to specify protocols that will work in all situations.
Biovest provides no guarantees of cell culture success using these methods. Instead,
these methods should be used to gain experience and insight with your cell line and the
AutovaxID. Contact Biovest Account Services for assistance with optimization issues.
7.26.1 Inoculation Guidelines
Several factors related to the inoculum influence the growth of the cell culture in
the flowpath. These include the number of cells in the bioreactor, their viability,
and their stage of growth when the inoculum is prepared.
A higher inoculum number (cells/mL) may shorten the period between inoculation
and the first indication of significant metabolism. Although this may seem to be
an advantage, the user must be aware of the practical concerns in preparing a
higher density inoculum:

How many static culture vessels are needed?

What volume of cell suspension can be processed safely?

How much time is required to achieve an adequate seeding density?
Anchorage dependent cells may require a higher inoculum density than
suspension cells. Re-suspending them in conditioned media rather than fresh
media may improve the initial growth period by providing the cell-specific growth
factors secreted by the cells. Re-suspension volumes for the inoculum may also
affect the initial lag time after inoculation.
Best results are often obtained by preparing the inoculum from cells that are in
the mid-log phase of growth. A standard growth curve is often useful to track the
progress of cells in static culture to coincide with the day of inoculating the
flowpath.
Seeding a bioreactor more than once may be considered an option in the
following situations: low inoculum density, low inoculum viability, or poor initial
growth. Ideally, the first two situations should be avoided altogether, but time
constraints or other factors may take precedence over preparing a suitable
inoculum. In the third case, poor initial growth in the AutovaxID cultureware may
be attributed to many conditions that can be avoided prior to inoculation.
Cytotoxicity could be assessed before cells are added to the bioreactor, if
repeatable significant lag times occur. However, the specified flush volume is
known to make the flowpath non-cytotoxic. Confirm that the proper protocols are
followed.
The characteristics of cells in static cultures will give some indication of how fast
they will grow in AutovaxID cultures. Cells that exhibit relatively slow growth in
static cultures will respond similarly in hollow fiber perfusion systems.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-61
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
If allowed, problems associated with microbial contamination may be avoided by
using antibiotic-supplemented media in static culture and by routinely testing
stock cultures for mycoplasma and/or unwanted viruses.
Targeted range for inoculation of a 1.1m2 or a 2.1m2 bioreactor with hybridomas
is 0.2E8 to 5E8 total viable cells. Targeted volume for inoculation of a 1.1m2 or a
2.1m2 bioreactor is 30 to 50 mL. Using up to 1E9 cells has proven helpful in
certain applications when the initial lag time is long.
Re-suspending cells in 100% conditioned media or a 1:1 blend of complete fresh
and conditioned media may be beneficial versus 100% fresh complete media.
Targeted scale-up volume of 200 to 1000mL.
7.26.2 Circulation Rate Guidelines
As a cell culture grows, the cells consume more of the oxygen that is dissolved in
the surrounding media and therefore need an ever higher delivery to maintain the
same level of available oxygen. By increasing the circulation pump rate, the
flowpath is capable of delivering more dissolved oxygen to the cell culture.
An initial circulation rate of 200mL/min is recommended for the first few days of
the run, or until the cells start to establish themselves. The circulation rate should
then be increased by 50mL every other day up to 500mL/min (maximum rate),
and then kept at that rate for the remainder of the run.
7.26.3 Cycling Guidelines
The purpose of Cycling is to promote a homogeneous environment within the
bioreactor via enhanced nutrient delivery and waste removal. Cycling should be
initiated when the cells show signs of steady metabolic growth. Cycling typically
begins during the first week of the cell culture’s growth. For sensitive cell lines, or
bioreactors operating in low protein conditions, Cycling should be delayed until
the second week after inoculation, or a longer cycle time should initially be used
to minimize the early loss of too many cells to the EC reservoir. Questions
regarding the initiation of Cycling should be directed to Biovest Account Services.
Cycling generally begins between the third and fourteenth day after inoculation.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-62
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.26.4 Harvesting Guidelines
Starting the Harvest pump is at the discretion of the facility and/or operator. For
secreted products that show feedback inhibition, the user should determine the
threshold level to monitor. Samples analyzed from the flowpath will provide the
necessary information in this case.
After the Harvest pump has been started, product will be collected and the
content of the target protein should be measured. Depending upon the type of
product secreted by the cells, this measurement may be in units of concentration
or activity. The Harvest pump rate may be gradually increased until the product
levels reach a satisfactory concentration/activity, until the daily yield reaches a
maximum amount, or until the harvest volume becomes difficult to process. The
previous discussion on feedback inhibition should also be considered when
pump rates are changed.
A comparison of secreted product from the harvest bags versus from the EC
Sample port will undoubtedly show different levels of harvested material
(concentration or activity). This happens because the harvest bags contain a
composite of product material from the EC throughout a specified period, while
the EC Sample originates from a single point in time. In addition, product levels in
the sample will vary with the cycling phase (Rise versus Fall). Therefore, to
measure accurately from the flowpath, samples should always be removed at the
same time in the Cycling process (at the operators discretion).
Cooling the harvest bags is a good way to preserve product integrity by
preventing thermal degradation. It also has the advantage of stabilizing the
changes in pH due to harvested cells, as well as reducing the activity of
proteases released by cell lysis. If cell buildup in the harvest is a concern, the inline filter should be used.
Initiate harvest collection between three and fourteen days after inoculation.
The harvest bag set has a total capacity of three liters and is typically kept at 4°C
throughout the cell culture run.
7.26.5 Factor Requirements
Pre-treatment of the bioreactor ECS with factor is an important step in
conditioning the flowpath before inoculation. Although the inoculum should
contain the same amount of factor as in static culture, lack of factor in the EC
would dilute the inoculum to an undesirable level. Therefore, factor should be
added to the EC prior to inoculation. This procedure is described in Section 7.6.2.
Starting the Factor pump is at the discretion of the facility and/or operator. Some
components of factor are consumed while others (notably enzymes) are used as
tools for biochemical reactions. The Factor pump should be started when either
of these functions/components is below optimum level. Monitoring growth and
productivity parameters will give an indication of the need to add factor.
Cultures that show a drop in metabolic activity may require additional factor to
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-63
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
recover. A syringe can be used to inject a quantity of factor into the EC or the
Factor pump can be used to deliver additional factor from the factor bags.
As a cell culture matures, it may become less dependent on the factor. To reduce
the factor content in this event, the Factor pump rate can be reduced (while
maintaining the current Harvest pump rate). This change should be performed
gradually to avoid sudden changes in environmental conditions. Metabolism and
productivity should be monitored to determine the effect of lowering the factor
content.
A small amount of factor (one to three percent) may be added to the IC media if a
culture proves difficult to start. A typical symptom is slow initial growth. Factor in
the IC balances the concentration of low molecular weight components between
the EC and the IC and prevents a severe deprivation of these components from
the EC. After suitable metabolism is attained, factor can be eliminated from the
IC, typically after one to seven days. In most cases, the one-time IC factor
addition prior to inoculation is sufficient.
The factor bag set has a total capacity of three liters and is typically kept at 4°C
throughout the run. The factor should be between 2 and 10 °C when placed into
the refrigerator.
The initial factor addition volume can range from 100 to 250 mL for the IC and
EC volumes.
7.26.6 Serum-Free Media
Experience with serum-free media varies widely. A cell culture can be started
with serum-supplemented media and then weaned onto serum-free media, or it
can be started with serum-free media. Regardless of the technique, the important
point to consider is that the large molecular weight components of serum-free
media must be added directly to the EC for the cells to benefit from these
supplements.
Hybridomas grown in serum-free media may not remain in the bioreactor if the
protein content of the serum-free media is too low. In this case, cycling and
harvesting conditions should be modified to avoid excessive loss of cells.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-64
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.27 Maintenance
7.27.1 Cultureware Storage
The cultureware should be stored in a location maintained at 15-38 °C, 10-95 %
relative humidity, non-condensing (see Section 11).
7.27.2 Exterior Cleaning
The cabinet is painted molded plastic that may be cleaned with a mild detergent
or alcohol cleaner (70% isopropyl alcohol). Major cleaning of the instrument
should only be performed when the instrument is turned off (in order to minimize
the amount of cleaning solution that may get inside the instrument).
With the power off, use a non-abrasive, lint-free dry wipe to clean the LCD
touchscreen. Do not spray cleaning solution directly on the touchscreen.
Dampen a cloth with water and gently wipe the display clean. Minimize
spraying cleaning solution directly into the peristaltic pump drive and lock
mechanism located on the lower left side of the instrument as this can strip the
lubricant from these components. Also, do not spray cleaning solution on the
electrical connections or into the fans on the rear panel of the instrument.
7.27.3 Inlet Fan Filter Cleaning
Every six months (or more often in environments with high particulate levels),
clean the filter on the upper cooling fan on the AutovaxID rear cover. To clean
the filter:
1. Snap the outer bracket and filter off of the fan housing
2. Rinse the filter in tap water and gently dry.
3. Replace the filter if is torn or stretched (see Section 13).
4. Once dry, snap the filter and bracket back into place over the fan. Verify
that the filter covers all exposed areas of the fan inlet.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-65
Biovest International, Inc.
Operating Procedures
7.27.4 Refrigerator Defrosting
After a run, any frost accumulation in the refrigerator can be removed by:
1. Turn off the AutovaxID
2. Remove the harvest/factor bag rack from the refrigerator.
3. Leave the refrigerator door open and allow time for the frost to melt. The
amount of time required will depend upon how much frost has
accumulated. Use clean cloths or towels (per your facility’s requirements)
to absorb any liquid from the melting frost.
4. After the frost has melted, clean and dry the fins at top of refrigerator with
a dry soft cloth.
5. Put the harvest/factor bag rack back in the refrigerator.
6. The AutovaxID may be turned back on or left off until the next cell culture
run per your facility’s requirements.
7.27.5 Calibration
Biovest International recommends annual calibration of all AutovaxID
instruments. Adherence to the schedule not only facilitates c-GMP
manufacturing, but it helps prevent various problems from occurring, including
those described on the following pages.
7.27.6 Preventive Maintenance
Biovest International also specifies a three year interval for preventive
maintenance on all AutovaxID instruments. The purpose of preventive
maintenance is to minimize the risk that the system will fail or prematurely end a
production run. Preventive maintenance replaces all wearable components of the
system and includes calibration.
Contact Biovest International’s Account Services department for information
about calibration, preventive maintenance, and other service options.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
7-66
Biovest International, Inc.
8
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8.1
Simplified Cultureware Description
Biovest International recognizes the need for lower cost cultureware that are tailored for
small-scale productions, R&D, or early process development. For these needs we have
engineered simplified cultureware options that work without modification of the
AutovaxID equipment you already own.
Simplified cultureware eliminate components that are unnecessary for the intended
uses, yet retain the most important features. They are pre-assembled and pre-sterilized
for fast turn-around time and support pH control and other parameters listed below.
If and when production requirements scale beyond simplified cultureware, you can
immediately switch to using standard cultureware, which allow larger culture volumes.
AutovaxID instruments support standard and simplified cultureware without modification.
8.2
Simplified Cultureware Versions
There are two versions of simplified cultureware. One version contains a single 1.1 m2
bioreactor that has an approximate ECS volume of 110 mL. The other version contains
three 0.5 m2 bioreactors, each of which has an approximate ECS volume of 50 mL.
These three bioreactors share a common IC Circuit, but their ECS volumes are entirely
independent of one another, meaning that there are three Factor tubing lines (labeled
F1, F2, and F3) to deliver growth-supplemented medium to each bioreactor individually.
There also are three Harvest tubing lines (labeled H1, H2, and H3) to collect supernatant
from each bioreactor individually. Because the triple-bioreactor version keeps the
bioreactors’ ECS volumes segregated from one another, it can be inoculated with one to
three cell lines. When multiple cell lines are cultured, because the bioreactors share the
IC media, the IC media should be appropriate for all cell lines being cultured.
Alternatively, the same cell line can be cultured in all bioreactors while the ECS media is
varied to optimize growth and production parameters.
Considerations for using these two simplified cultureware versions:

Inoculum cell number and density should be taken into consideration given their
differing bioreactor ECS volumes.

EC Factor Addition that occurs before inoculation also should take into account these
differing bioreactor ECS volumes.

The triple-bioreactor version can be used with one to three Factor containers and
one to three Harvest containers. Using fewer than three Factor or Harvest containers
requires the user to build, sterilize, and attach tubing manifolds to deliver Factor
and/or collect Harvest into only a single container each. Manifolding these containers
is applicable when all three bioreactors are inoculated with the same cell line.

Operating the triple-bioreactor version requires the technician to purchase and use a
standalone Masterflex pump motor(s) and pump heads. The AutovaxID’s built-in
Factor and Harvest pumps cannot be used to pump the triple-bioreactor
cultureware’s three Factor and three Harvest tubing lines.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-1
Biovest International, Inc.

8.3
Simplified Cultureware Usage
The remainder of the following information in Section 8 generally does not distinguish
between using the single-bioreactor and triple-bioreactor versions of the simplified
cultureware, with exceptions where necessary.
Simplified Cultureware: Retained Features
Simplified cultureware retain the most important features and capabilities of the
AutovaxID, such as:
8.4

Pre-assembled and pre-sterilized cultureware for single-use disposability

pH control

Lactate control (when a pH probe is being used)

Incubator temperature control

Independently controlled media, factor, and harvest pumps

Minimal technician interaction
Simplified Cultureware: Removed Features
Missing from the simplified cultureware are the EC Cycling technology components
because EC Cycling is unnecessary for the intended uses. Simplified cultureware also
do not include the built-in pH probe, integral Factor and Harvest containers, automated
Factor Addition to the Intracapillary Circuit prior to inoculation, and in-line harvest
filtration. The following list describes what a user needs to do regarding these missing
features.

EC Cycling: although simplified cultureware do not have EC Cycling, its absence
does not need to be replaced by another mechanism.

pH Control: Operators must choose one of three options for controlling pH. These
options are described below in pH Control Options.

Factor & Harvest Containers: Operators must supply sterile containers to deliver
Factor and collect Harvest. These options are described below in Factor and Harvest
Container Options.

Automated Factor Addition to the IC (Pre-inoculation): this is optional and is easily
replicated using manual methods. At the time when Factor Addition is normally
performed (as instructed by the on-screen prompt), use a syringe to inject the
necessary volume of growth supplement into the IC Sample line. For further
information contact Biovest’s Account Services department.

In-line Harvest Filtration: this is optional and can be replicated if desired. Operators
must select a filter(s) that is compatible with the application.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-2
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Figure 8-1: Simplified Cultureware Flowpath Schematic
Single 1.1 m2 Bioreactor Version
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-3
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Figure 8-2: Simplified Cultureware Flowpath Schematic
Triple 0.5 m2 Bioreactor Version
8.5
Simplified Cultureware Flowpath Schematic
A quick way to see the differences between simplified and standard cultureware is to
compare their flowpath schematics (figures 8-1 & 8-2 versus 8-4). These schematics
show the similarity in the Intracapillary Circuit (IC) components and layout between
simplified and standard cultureware. Conversely, the Extracapillary Circuit (EC)
components and layout are different between the two cultureware types—primarily
because simplified cultureware lack EC Cycling technology. The IC and EC components
are described in further detail next.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-4
Biovest International, Inc.
8.5.1
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Intracapillary Circuit Components

IC Reservoir is where fresh Media is
pumped into the system and
Outflow media (laden with
metabolic wastes but is productfree) is pumped out of the
system. (These media typically
have no growth supplements.)

Circulation Pump creates flow
through the IntraCapillary Circuit.

Tubing & Check-Valve ensure
unidirectional flow of media
through the Intracapillary Circuit.

Gas Exchange Cartridge (GEX)
re-oxygenates the cell culture
media and raises or lowers its
pH.

Flow Sensor ensures correct
Circulation Pump flow rate.

Temperature Probe ensures
correct incubator temperature.

IC Sample is used with syringes to
remove media for off-line monitoring
of pH and the concentrations of
metabolites and dissolved
oxygen.

pH Sensor is optional in
simplified cultureware. When
present, it allows automatic pH
control. When absent, pH control
is manual.

Bioreactor: the IntraCapillary Space,
or ICS, is the internal volume of the
hollow fibers within the bioreactor, see
The ICS provides exchange of small
molecules, such as O2, CO2, nutrient and
wastes, with the cell culture, which is
from the ICS by the hollow fiber
membrane wall.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
figure 8-2.
Figure 8-3: Hollow
Fiber Bioreactor metabolic
separated
Fluid Dynamics
8-5
Biovest International, Inc.
8.5.2
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Extracapillary Circuit Components

Bioreactor: the ExtraCapillary Space, or ECS is the volume surrounding the
outside of the hollow fibers within the bioreactor, see figure 8-2. The ECS is
where the cell culture resides. The molecular weights of added growth factors
and secreted proteins are most often too large to pass through the hollow
fiber membrane, so they are retained within the ECS.

Factor is fresh media that often is supplemented with growth factors and, in
the cultureware, the location where it is pumped into the bioreactor’s ECS.

Factor Prime is used with syringes for two reasons:
1. with each connection of a new, full container of Factor to clear the Factor
tubing line of any air that may be present to prevent it from entering the
ECS.
2. to inject high molecular-weight (growth) supplements, if necessary. For
further information see Using Factor Prime at the end of this section.

Harvest is used to pump supernatant out of the ECS to capture the secreted
protein of interest.

Inoculate/EC Sample is used with syringes to:
1. inject the inoculum
2. remove supernatant samples to assay product concentration
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-6
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Figure 8-4: Standard Cultureware Flowpath Schematic
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-7
Biovest International, Inc.
8.6
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Pumping Factor and Harvest
The method of pumping Factor and Harvest differs between the two versions of
simplified cultureware. When using the single 1.1 m2 bioreactor version, the AutovaxID’s
built-in Factor and Harvest pumps—and the pump cassette in which the Factor and
Harvest tubing are loaded—are used to deliver and collect Factor and Harvest. When
using the triple 0.5 m2 bioreactor version, the AutovaxID’s built-in Factor and Harvest
pumps—and the cultureware’s pump cassette—are NOT used to deliver and collect
Factor and Harvest. Rather, a separate pump(s) and pump head(s) are used because
the AutovaxID’s pump motors and pump cassette do not accommodate three Factor and
three Harvest tubing lines.
The type and number of pump motor(s) and pump head(s) to be used will vary
depending on your budget and the necessity to vary Factor and Harvest pumping
methods between the three bioreactors. We suggest the following equipment (below)
that, while not the least expensive setup, is one that will be fairly simple to operate and
provide reasonable flow rates for the size of the bioreactors. This minimal configuration
will not allow different flow rates between the three bioreactors, however. For assistance
with selecting other equipment that will meet your application, please contact your
supplier of this equipment or Biovest’s Account Services department.
The three Factor and three Harvest tubing lines are PharMed and Masterflex size 14.
Suggested minimum pumping equipment necessary to use simplified cultureware with
three 0.5 m2 bioreactors:
1. Masterflex Pump Motor, quantity 1





Cole-Parmer part number EW-07523-90
Masterflex L/S Digital Drive
0.02–100 RPM
90–260 VAC
Continuous flow rate range using Factor and Harvest’s size 14 tubing is
0.25–1,260 mL/hr (other rates are possible using its batch pumping methods)
2. Masterflex Pump Head, quantity 3


Cole-Parmer part number EW-77202-60
Two-Channel Easy-Load II pump head with stainless steel rotor
3. Mounting Hardware, quantity 1

Cole-Parmer part number EW-07013-08

Mounts three Easy-Load II pump heads to one pump motor
4. Note: this equipment is not sold by Biovest International, Inc. Purchase this
equipment from your preferred supplier.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-8
Biovest International, Inc.
8.7
Simplified Cultureware Usage
pH Control Options
There are three options for controlling pH when using simplified cultureware. These
options have varying labor requirements and expense, summarized below. Subsequent
pages provide operating procedures for these options.
8.7.1
8.7.2
8.7.3
Manual pH Control
Advantages:
•
•
•
•
Disadvantages:
• increased technician time and contamination risk when
using a bench pH meter to monitor the AutovaxID’s pH
because this method requires frequent, aseptic removal of
samples of cell culture medium.
• adjusting pH based on color of phenol red can lead to suboptimal culture growth or protein secretion.
• infrequent pH adjustment can lead to sub-optimal culture
growth or protein secretion.
• technicians are responsible for estimating/gaining expertise
in determining and entering the appropriate AutovaxID
air/CO2 mixture to raise or lower pH.
• Lactate control does not function
fastest run startup
requires no use of a pH probe in the cultureware
adjust pH based on color or use your bench pH meter
least expensive of the three pH control options
Automatic pH Control with Reusable pH Probe
Advantages:
• automatic pH control means infrequent sampling burden
• reusable pH probe reduces operating costs compared to
using the pre-sterilized pH probe
Disadvantages:
• technicians must spend time and correctly perform testing,
assembly, autoclave-sterilization of the pH probe, and
aseptic insertion into the cultureware
• requires aseptic insertion into the cultureware
Automatic pH Control with Pre-Sterilized pH Probe
Advantages:
• fast run startup—this option is ready for immediate use
• eliminates complicated and time-consuming testing,
assembly and sterilization of reusable pH probe option
• automatic pH control means infrequent sampling burden
Disadvantages:
• most expensive of the three pH control options
• requires a 24-hour period for Pre-Inoculation phase
• requires aseptic insertion into the cultureware
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-9
Biovest International, Inc.
8.8
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Using Manual pH Control (no pH Probe)
When no pH probe is being used, in the Overrides screen set the Gas CO2 value to
15.0. This suggested value will not necessarily result in the desired pH, but it should
prevent the AutovaxID from adjusting pH too drastically from reasonable values. Further
adjustments to the Gas CO2 value likely will be necessary before inoculation should
occur to ensure the desired pH has been stably achieved.
Once the previous step is complete, press the pH Calibrate button on the screen in
figure 8-23. Although no pH probe is in use and without removing a sample of cell
culture medium, perform a calibration using the normal procedure and enter a pH value
of 7.0. A warning message appears saying the pH calibration would be excessive. Do
you still want to use it? Press YES. A warning message appears on the pH calibration
screen saying, pH Correction Excessive. Press Exit. Allow Lactate Calibration to be
performed automatically even though Lactate Control does not properly function when a
pH probe is not being used.
It is critical to ensure pH is correct during the Pre-inoculation phase (before the
inoculation procedure is performed). A pH between 7.1 and 7.3 is appropriate during the
growth phase for routine cell lines. Adjust pH during the Pre-inoculation phase to be
within this range (or to an experimentally-determined optimal pH). Once pH is stable at
the desired pH, the inoculation procedure may be performed. Later in the run, when cell
densities are high, a somewhat lower pH is often desirable.
To control pH manually, the technician periodically removes a sample of medium from
the IC Sample line using syringes and measures pH off-line, using the same techniques
that apply to using standard cultureware. Whenever medium pH is more than 0.05 pH
units different from the desired pH value, the technician should adjust either the
AutovaxID’s % CO2 or Air flow rate, described below. Wait approximately 20 minutes for
pH to change and stabilize. Repeat the process for sampling IC medium, measuring pH
off-line, and adjusting % CO2 or Air flow rate until the desired pH is achieved.
During the growth phase of the culture pH tends to change more frequently than later in
the run when the Medium pump rate often remains consistent over time. The technician
must determine the frequency of sampling IC medium to monitor and control the pH of
the cell culture medium.
Refer to pH Control (section 3) and Gas Overrides (section 5) for a description of how
the AutovaxID adjusts % CO2 or Air flow rate to control medium pH. In summary:
When medium pH is too high, decreasing Air flow rate and increasing % CO2
(labeled on-screen as Gas CO2) each result in decreasing medium pH. If % CO2
is 0.0 and the Air flow rate is higher than 120 mL/min, reduce the Air flow rate,
wait ~20 minutes, re-check pH, and repeat until the desired pH is achieved. Once
Air flow rate is 120 mL/min—the minimum rate—and pH is (still) too high,
increase the % CO2 value from 0.0, wait ~20 minutes, re-check pH, and repeat
until the desired medium pH is achieved. The allowed range for % CO2 is 0.0 to
20.0.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-10
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
When medium pH is too low, decreasing % CO2 (labeled on-screen as Gas CO2)
and increasing Air flow rate each result in increasing medium pH. If % CO2 is
higher than 0.0 and the Air flow rate is 120 mL/min, reduce the % CO2 , wait ~20
minutes, re-check pH, and repeat until the desired pH is achieved. Once % CO2
is 0.0—the minimum rate—and pH is (still) too low, increase the Air flow rate
from 120 mL/min, wait ~20 minutes, re-check pH, and repeat until the desired
medium pH is achieved.
Proceed to the section below, Factor and Harvest Container Options, to continue with
run startup.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-11
Biovest International, Inc.
8.9
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Using a Reusable pH Probe
The following procedures are performed for the reusable pH probe for each production
run: validation, assembly, autoclave-sterilization, and installation into the cultureware.
Note: all pH probe items (see also the Parts List section) are purchased separately from
the AutovaxID and cultureware.
8.9.1
Reusable pH Probe Validation
1. The reusable pH probe can be used for
numerous production runs and is
discarded when it no longer functions. Its
functional status is determined by
validation tests that must be done before
each run. The pH probe validation tests
determine the probe’s inherent
functionality and are not affected by
calibration accuracy. It is unnecessary to
calibrate the pH probe before validation.
pH probe validation requires fresh pH
buffers 4.0 and 7.0 to test the probe’s
response. Check the buffers’ expiration
dates!
2. The reusable pH probe, figure 8-5, is
supplied with a threaded electrical cap at
the top of the probe and a small bottle with
storage solution to keep the tip of the
probe wet (cap and bottle are not shown).
Remove these items and do not discard
them. They will be reused when the probe
is autoclaved or stored.
3. Connect the threaded end of the pH probe
cable, figure 8-6, to the reusable pH probe.
Connect the other end of the pH cable to
the cylindrical end of the BNC to Two-Pin
Adapter, figure 8-7.
Figure 8-5: Reusable pH Probe
Part Number 103037-000
4. Note: the AutovaxID’s pH jack has a specific
polarity. The black jack is ground. The ground
(side) pin of the BNC to two-pin adapter is
distinguished by a tab of plastic marked
GND. Important: insert the adapter’s ground
pin into the black jack! Figures 8-7 and 8-8
show GND using green text for clarity.
5. Rinse the probe and place it in pH 7 buffer
that is in a container that can stand upright by
itself. Do not hold the pH probe at this time.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
Figure 8-6: Cable for
Reusable pH Probe
Part Number 401111-000
8-12
Biovest International, Inc.
6. Sequentially press
Menu/Setup/Diagnostics/Sensors. When the
pH A/D value reasonably stabilizes, ensure
the value is within the range of 1396 to 2702.
Ignore the pH Value because the pH probe
has not been (and need not be) calibrated.
Calibration is done later during the Preinoculation phase.
7. Rinse the probe and place it in pH 4 buffer
that is in a container that can stand upright
by itself. Do not hold the pH probe at this
time.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Figure 8-7:
BNC to Two-Pin Adapter
Part Number 103150-000
8. When the pH A/D value reasonably
stabilizes, ensure the value is > 4000.
Ignore the pH Value because the pH
probe has not been (and need not be)
calibrated.
9. If the A/D value for either pH buffer is out
Figure 8-8: AutovaxID’s Two-Pin
of range, ensure the buffers have not
pH Probe Connection
expired and try other bottles of buffer. If
the A/D value still is out of range, the
probe may be faulty. Cleaning
instructions were provided with the probe, which may resolve the problem.
Also, ensure the pH probe cable and BNC to two-pin adapter are firmly
connected and that the pH cable’s ground pin is inserted in the instrument’s
ground jack.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-13
Biovest International, Inc.
8.9.2
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Reusable pH Probe Assembly
1. The pH probe assembly
includes the pH probe & cap,
a probe case & its three
o-rings, and a set of
autoclave tubing lines,
see figure 8-9. The probe
case is very durable and
lasts for many runs. The
probe case o-rings and
autoclave tubing lines should
be replaced for each run.
2. Get the set of three o-rings,
see figure 8-10, and set of
two autoclave tubing lines,
see figure 8-11.
3. Remove the o-rings from
their bag. They do not need
to remain sterile now.
Inspect the o-rings for
damage.
4. Disassemble the probe case, figure
8-12, (and ensure it was cleaned at
the end of the previous run). Discard
the three old o-rings, if present
(shown in figure 8-13). Install the new
o-rings and loosely thread together
the lower and upper sections of the
pH probe case.
5. Disconnect the pH cable and BNC
to two-pin adapter from the pH
probe and connect its electrical cap,
making it only finger-tight.
Figure 8-9: Reusable pH Probe
Assembly Components
Figure 8-10:
Replacement pH Probe Case O-rings
Set of Three
Shown in red for clarity. Their actual color is clear.
Part Number 600301-000
Figure 8-11: Autoclave Tubing Lines
Part Number 600300-000
6. Rinse the probe and blot it dry.
7. Insert the pH probe into its probe case and thread them together, making
them only finger-tight! Do not use tools to tighten them together!
8. Finish tightening the lower sections of the probe case, but just finger-tight!
9. Rotate the white locking rings of both of the autoclave tubing lines to the
unlocked position.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-14
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
10. Press and hold the latch of the pH IN/LO tubing
line and push the connector on to the lowerright port of the lower section of the pH probe
case. Release the latch and rotate the locking
ring to the locked position. Ensure the latch
faces upward, see figure 8-14.
11. Repeat the previous step for the pH OUT/HI
tubing line, connecting it to the upper-left port of
the lower section of the pH probe case.
8.9.3
Reusable pH Probe Autoclave-Sterilization
1. Disconnect the Luer fittings at the ends of the
autoclave tubing lines. Use a syringe to inject
sterile or non-sterile 1X phosphate buffered
saline until the probe case chamber and
several inches of each tubing line are filled.
2. Reconnect the Luer fittings that were
disconnected in the previous step.
Figure 8-12:
Reusable pH Probe Case
Part Number 600298-000
3. Unscrew the lower section of the probe case
by ¼-turn. Loosening the probe case’s lower
section allows for thermal expansion during the
autoclave cycle.
4. Use a rubber band to loosely hold the tubing
lines up against the upper section of the probe
case so they loop smoothly upward, preventing
the PBS from leaking out. Ensure the tubing lines
are not kinked or pinched by the rubber band!
5. Ensure the protective electrical cap is
connected to the probe! Failure to
do so may result in moisture
damage in the autoclave and will
void its warranty.
Figure 8-13: Installing
o-rings in the probe
case’s lower section
6. Place the pH probe assembly
(without the pH cable!) into an
appropriate autoclavable bag or
packaging.
7. Place the pH probe assembly in
an autoclavable container to
prevent it from lying on its side
while inside the autoclave. Ensure
the probe case tubing is not
kinked!
AutovaxID Operations Manual
Figure 8-14:
Connect the Autoclave Tubing Lines
8-15
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8. Autoclave the pH probe assembly at 121°C, 15 psi (maximum) for 55 minutes
followed by a slow exhaust phase lasting at least 15 minutes!
9. Remove the pH probe assembly from the autoclave and bring it to a sterile
laminar flow hood. Disinfect the outside of the autoclave packaging before
placing it in the laminar flow hood to continue cooling.
8.9.4
CAUTION:
Reusable pH Probe Installation into the Cultureware
Do NOT lift the cultureware from the shipping box by its sterile bag! Lift it out by
supporting the cultureware from its bottom surface.
1. Prepare the simplified cultureware using the instructions in the section
Cultureware Preparation under Operating Procedures. Steps related to the
Factor and Harvest Bag Sets do not apply, and the refrigerator rack isn’t
needed because simplified cultureware do not have integral Factor and
Harvest bags. The technician must provide and prepare sterile Factor and
Harvest containers separately, described below.
2. Once the pH probe assembly is cool enough to safely handle, remove and
discard the autoclaved packaging materials from the pH probe assembly.
3. Tighten the probe case’s lower section that was loosened prior to autoclavesterilization.
4. Insert the pH probe assembly into the black clip mounted on the front of the
cultureware. Slide the pH probe assembly downward until it rests on the
screw-post. Rotate the pH probe assembly to the right so the pH IN/LO port
points toward the right, see figure 8-15.
5. The pH probe assembly will replace
the cultureware’s tubing adapter
between its quick-coupler fittings
labeled pH IN/LO and
pH OUT/HI. This adapter is colored
dark-green for clarity in figure 8-16.
The pH IN/LO tubing emerges from
the lower-right front edge of the
cultureware enclosure. The
pH OUT/HI tubing enters the
lower-left-hand side of the
cultureware enclosure.
Figure 8-15: Insert the reusable
pH probe assembly into the
cultureware’s black clip
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-16
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
6. Rotate the locking rings of the four quick-coupler fittings to the unlocked
position. There are two in the pH probe assembly and two in the
cultureware’s tubing adapter between the pH IN/LO and pH OUT/HI labels.
7. Press and hold the latch of the autoclave tubing line that is attached to the pH
probe case’s pH IN/LO port. Remove the entire autoclave tubing line from the
probe case and discard it.
8. Press and hold the latch of the cultureware’s pH IN/LO quick-coupler fitting.
Disconnect this junction and connect the cultureware’s pH IN/LO quickcoupler fitting to the pH probe’s exposed port from the previous step. Ensure
the latch faces upward.
9. Release the latch and rotate the locking ring to the locked position.
10. Repeat the previous three steps for the pH OUT/HI connection.
11. Save the removed cultureware tubing adapter for use during the Cultureware
Removal and Disposal Procedure.
12. Grasp the top of the pH probe to prevent it from rotating in the probe case.
Use your other hand to remove the electrical cap. Do not discard this cap. It
will be used during the life of the pH probe!
13. Screw the threaded end of the pH cable to the pH probe’s electrical
connector. Press the pH cable’s other connector on to the round connector
that is mounted in the top of the cultureware enclosure. Twist the connector
clockwise to lock it in place. Note: the BNC to two-pin adapter is not used
during the run.
14. Proceed to the
section below,
Factor and Harvest
Container Options,
to continue with run
startup.
Figure 8-16: Cultureware’s External
Tubing: pH IN/LO and pH OUT/HI
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-17
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8.10 Using a Disposable pH Probe
The disposable pH probe is ready for use and connection
into the cultureware with minimal preparation. Unlike the
reusable pH probe, the disposable pH probe, figure 8-17,
requires the use of a non-sterile, reusable holder, figure
8-18, to firmly hold the disposable pH probe assembly in
the black clip that is mounted on the front of the
cultureware. The reusable holder is necessary because the
diameter of the disposable pH probe assembly is much
smaller than the diameter of the black clip. Note: both pH
probe items (see also the Parts List section) are purchased
separately from the AutovaxID and cultureware.
CAUTION:
Do NOT lift the cultureware from the shipping box by its
sterile bag! Lift it out by supporting the cultureware from its
bottom surface.
1. Prepare the simplified cultureware using the instructions
in the section Cultureware Preparation under Operating
Procedures. Steps related to the Factor and Harvest
Bag Sets do not apply and the refrigerator rack isn’t
needed because simplified cultureware do not have
integral Factor and Harvest bags. The technician
Figure 8-17:
must provide and prepare sterile Factor and Harvest
Disposable pH Probe Assembly
containers separately, described below.
Sterile bag and packaging not shown
2. Disinfect the reusable pH probe holder and place it in
the sterile laminar flow hood.
Part Number 600305-000
3. Inspect the disposable pH probe’s sterile bag for holes or tears.
4. Disinfect the outside of the bag and place it in a sterile hood.
5. Remove and discard the packaging materials from the
disposable pH probe assembly.
6. Press the disposable pH probe case into the reusable pH
probe holder’s small, black clip. Slide the disposable pH
probe assembly upward until its upper end is firmly held
within the reusable pH probe holder, see figure 8-19.
7. Press the combined reusable pH probe holder and
disposable pH probe assembly into the black clip
mounted on the front of the cultureware. Slide it all
downward until it rests on the screw-post. Rotate this
assembly to the right so the pH IN/LO port points
toward the right, see figure 8-19.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
Figure 8-18:
Reusable pH Probe Holder
Part Number 600306-000
8-18
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8. Connect the pH cable to the round connector that is
mounted in the top of the cultureware enclosure. Press
the cable’s connector on to the mating connector and
twist it clockwise to lock it in place.
9. The pH probe assembly will replace the cultureware’s
tubing adapter between its quick-coupler fittings
labeled pH IN/LO and pH OUT/HI. The adapter is
colored dark-green for clarity in figure 8-20. The pH
IN/LO tubing emerges from the lower-right front edge
of the cultureware enclosure. The pH OUT/HI tubing
enters the lower-left-hand side of the cultureware
enclosure.
10. Rotate the locking rings of the four quick-coupler
fittings to the unlocked position. There are two in the
pH probe assembly and two in the cultureware’s tubing
adapter between the pH IN/LO and pH OUT/HI labels.
11. Press and hold the latch of the short pH IN/LO tubing
line connected to the disposable pH probe assembly.
Pull the quick-coupler fitting off of the probe case and
discard it.
12. Press and hold the latch of the cultureware’s
pH IN/LO quick-coupler fitting. Disconnect this junction
and connect the cultureware’s pH IN/LO quick-coupler
fitting to the pH probe’s exposed port from the
previous step. Ensure the latch faces upward.
Figure 8-19: Hollow
Fiber Bioreactor Fluid
Dynamics
13. Release the latch and rotate the
locking ring to the locked position.
14. Repeat the previous three steps for the
pH OUT/HI connection.
15. Proceed to Factor and Harvest Container
Options to continue with run startup.
Figure 8-20: Cultureware’s External
Tubing: pH IN/LO and pH OUT/HI
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-19
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8.11 Factor and Harvest Container Options
Simplified cultureware do not include integral Factor and Harvest containers. These
containers must be purchased and prepared separately from the cultureware. There are
options for the type of container to use. Examples include glass or plastic bottles with
ported caps, media bags with integral tubing lines, and others.
Factor and Harvest containers generally hold small volumes, i.e., 100’s of mLs to a few
liters. The appropriate size is determined by the volumes of Factor and Harvest needed
during the run and the choice to remove batches of harvest during the run versus
collecting all of the harvest into a single container. Note: smaller containers require more
frequent changes, which increase the amount of aseptic handling and risk of
contamination.
Another determining aspect of container size is will they fit into a refrigerator placed near
the AutovaxID. Storing Factor and Harvest at 4°C during the run is beneficial but
optional.
Beyond size considerations, container choice also is influenced by the desire to reuse
the containers over many runs versus using the containers only once. This decision is
often determined by the application.
When using a glass or plastic bottle with a ported cap to deliver Factor or collect
Harvest, the bottle cap must include a port to connect a sterilizing-grade ventilation filter
to allow the changing liquid volume in the bottle to be accommodated by air entering or
exiting the bottle. If the ventilation filter becomes wet, the bottle will pressurize or
experience vacuum. These filters can be reused/re-sterilized, but this practice is not
recommended.
CAUTION:
The bottle cap’s ventilation filter MUST NOT become wet to prevent a hazard to
personnel and equipment!
Because the cultureware’s Factor and Harvest lines terminate in female Luer fittings, the
Factor and Harvest containers must be configured to include at least one male Luer
connection. When using disposable media bags, at least one of their integral tubing
line(s) must terminate in a male Luer fitting. When using glass or plastic bottles, their
corresponding bottle caps’ liquid In port (for Harvest) or Out port (for Factor) must have
an attached tubing line that terminates in a male Luer fitting.
When using media bags as Factor and Harvest containers, their integral tubing line(s) do
NOT need an internal diameter larger than 1/16 inch, although such small tubing is not
commonly available. Tubing with an internal diameter of ~⅛ inch often is available and
compatible for use with the AutovaxID.
Contact Biovest International for additional technical and purchasing information about
specific container options, configurations and requirements. The Parts List section at the
end of the manual includes some of the options that are available from Biovest.
CAUTION:
Factor and Harvest containers and their connected tubing and fittings must be sterile
before connection to the cultureware!
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-20
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8.12 Starting a Run Using Simplified Cultureware
1. Reminder: choose the methods and equipment for pH control, Factor and Harvest
containers, and pumping equipment (relevant when using the three-bioreactor
cultureware version). Prepare the items as necessary.
2. Remove the cultureware from its shipping box, inspect the bag for damage, disinfect
the outside of the bag, and place the cultureware inside a sterile laminar flow hood.
Inspect the cultureware as is normally done when using standard cultureware (all
clamps are open, the Luer fittings are snug, and no tubing is kinked).
3. When using a pH probe, aseptically connect the sterile probe to the cultureware.
4. Connect the Factor and Harvest containers’ Luer fittings to their respective
cultureware tubing lines.
5. Remove the cultureware from the laminar flow hood.
6. Connect the cultureware to the instrument using the same procedures as for
standard cultureware.
7. When using a pH probe, connect the pH cable to the probe (relevant when using a
reusable pH probe) and connect the opposite end to the BNC jack mounted to the
top of the cultureware (relevant for both pH probe options).
8. When relevant, load the three Factor and three Harvest pump segments (the lightyellow PharMed tubing) into the pump heads. Near each pump segment is a label
with an arrow that shows the required direction of liquid flow. Ensure Factor flows
from the container toward the cultureware and Harvest flows from the cultureware
toward the container! Consult the user manuals provided with the pumping
equipment for instructions on how to load the tubing and set the rotational direction
of the pump motor.
9. Access the Run Setting 1 screen and set the Factor Add IC volume to 0 mL because
simplified cultureware do not support this feature. Adding factor to the IC can still be
done, however. The technician determines the desired volume of factor to be added
to the IC based on the total IC Circuit volume (listed in the Specifications section in
the Operation Manual). This volume is loaded into a syringe and injected into the IC
Sample line. The AutovaxID will prompt the technician to add factor at the
appropriate time.
Note: Observe the volume in the IC Reservoir as the factor is being injected. Be sure
to inject the factor slowly enough that the IC Reservoir does not overfill!.
Reminder: factor addition to the IC is optional and unnecessary for many
applications.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-21
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
10. In the Run Settings 1 screen, set the Cycle Delay elapsed time to 0-00:00 and the
Cycle Rise and Cycle Fall times to 15 minutes. These settings will remain in use—
and Cycle State will display Rise—during the entire production run. Although
simplified cultureware do not have the EC Cycling components, these Cycling
settings assist the Fill/Flush process and then prevent air accumulation in the IC
circuit when using simplified cultureware.
11. In the Alarm Settings 2 screen, disable the Cycle Time alarm since this alarm is not
relevant to using simplified cultureware.
12. Start a new run and enter information for Run Name, Cultureware Lot Number, and
Run Information on the Setup Run screen using the same procedures as for
standard cultureware.
13. Enter information for Outflow Container ID, Media Container ID, and Factor
Container ID on the Setup Run 1 screen using the same procedures as for standard
cultureware. However, note that the Factor Container is user-supplied when using
simplified cultureware. Using Container IDs is optional. The user must determine if
container IDs are useful and apply them to these containers when their use is
desired.
14. Simplified cultureware differ in the name
and number of tubing clamps from
standard cultureware. Close the following
clamps, rather than the list specified in
the Setup Run 2 screen, figure 8-21:



IC Sample
Inoculate/EC Sample
Factor Prime
Note: simplified cultureware do not have
the Supernatant, Supernatant Sample,
Cell Removal, and Cell Filter Bypass
clamps, so these clamp instructions are
not relevant when using simplified
cultureware.
Figure 8-21: Setup Run 2 Screen
15. When the Setup Run 3 screen is reached
(figure 8-22), ensure the Media, Outflow,
Factor, and Harvest containers are
connected to the simplified cultureware
before proceeding with the clamping
instructions! The AutovaxID’s on-screen
instructions do not prompt the technician
to connect these containers.
16. Open the clamps listed on the Setup Run
3 screen. Note: for the Factor Container
clamp, for simplified cultureware open the
Factor 1 clamp (and Factor 2 and
AutovaxID Operations Manual
Figure 8-22: Setup Run 2 Screen
8-22
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
Factor 3 clamps in simplified cultureware
with three bioreactors). Also open the
Harvest container clamp(s) (Harvest 1,
Harvest 2, and Harvest 3, as
appropriate), which is not listed in the onscreen instructions!
17. Allow the automated Pressure Test to
complete, which takes only a few
minutes. Ensure the test passes before
leaving the AutovaxID unattended for a
long period of time. If the test does not
pass, corrective action is necessary to fix
the problem. Fill/Flush must not begin
until the pressure test passes!
Figure 8-23: Setup Run 2 Screen
18. Fill/Flush automatically begins after a successful pressure test. Allow the Fill/Flush
procedure to complete and the Preinoculation 1 screen to appear with the instruction,
Perform the pH calibration, figure 8-23.
19. Go to either step 20 or 21, as appropriate.
20. When using manual pH control (no pH probe is installed):








Press Exit until the Monitor screen appears. Now press Menu, Advanced, and
Overrides. Set the Gas CO2 value to 15.0. It will appear as *15.0. This suggested
value will not necessarily result in the desired pH, but it should prevent the
AutovaxID from adjusting pH too drastically from reasonable values because of
the lack of a pH probe.
Note: Further adjustments later on to the Gas CO2 value likely will be necessary
before inoculation should occur to ensure the desired pH has been stably
achieved!
From the Overrides screen, press Exit twice to reach the Main Menu screen.
Press Run Menu then Continue Current Run to return to the current duty screen.
Press the pH Calibrate button on the screen in figure 8-23.
Without removing a sample of cell culture medium, press Next and enter 7.0 as
the pH calibration value.
A warning message appears saying the pH calibration would be excessive. Do
you still want to use it? Press YES. Press Exit.
Allow Lactate Calibration to be performed automatically.
21. When using automatic pH control (reusable or disposable pH probe):


Press the pH Calibrate button on the screen in figure 8-23. Perform a standard
pH calibration using the information provided in the Operating Procedures
section of the manual.
Allow Lactate Calibration to be performed automatically.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-23
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
22. Proceed with Factor Addition as suggested in the Operating Procedures section of
the manual. Factor Addition to the EC can be used as when using standard
cultureware with the difference that the factor is drawn from the user-supplied factor
container. At this time Factor Addition to the IC should also be performed if desired,
however, it is usually unnecessary. When desired, inject factor via the IC Sample
port using a syringe. To determine the amount of factor volume to be used during
Factor Addition, use the volumes below into which the factor will be diluted.


Approximate EC volume is 85 mL (single 1.1 m2 bioreactor) or
50 mL (for each of the three 0.5 m2 bioreactors).
Approximate IC volume is 315 mL (single 1.1 m2 bioreactor version) or
310 mL (three 0.5 m2 bioreactor version).
23. Proceed with Inoculation as suggested in the Operating Procedures section of the
manual. When the on-screen instruction appears to inject the inoculum, inject each
of the three bioreactors when relevant.
24. The remainder of the run will proceed similarly to what is described in the Operating
Procedures section of the manual. However, there is one new aspect to using
simplified cultureware that is not described there—Factor Primer usage—because
standard cultureware do not have this feature, see below.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-24
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8.13 Using Factor Prime
Factor Prime is used primarily to remove the air that is present in each new Factor
container’s connected or integral tubing. It is best to remove the air from each new
Factor container’s tubing rather than allowing it to be pumped into the bioreactor ECS
where the cell culture resides. The air is removed by pumping it up the cultureware’s
Factor tubing line and diverting it down the Factor Prime line and into a syringe.
Another use of Factor Prime is to inject high molecular-weight components, such as
growth supplements, into the ECS. This optionally includes the initial Factor Addition to
the EC if the automated volume to be pumped is set to 0 mL. This may be done using a
highly concentrated solution of factor to conserve the volume in the Factor container for
use during the run after inoculation. Additionally, if growth supplements are needed after
inoculation, they may be added via Factor Prime, rather than from the Factor container.
Doing so requires extra aseptic connections, which should be minimized to reduce the
risk of contamination.
Procedure to remove air from each new Factor container: All steps must be done
aseptically!
1. When the Factor container in use is nearly empty yet the run will continue, the Factor
container must be changed. (Note: the change container alarm may be used when
the single 1.1 m2 bioreactor version is in use.)
2. Change the Factor pump speed to 0 mL/hr. (Note: alternatively, the change container
feature may be used when the single 1.1 m2 bioreactor version is in use.)
3. Close the Factor 1 clamp (or Factor 2 or Factor 3, as necessary).
4. Replace the empty factor container with a full factor container.
5. Connect a 10 mL syringe to the Factor Prime port (if one is not already attached) that
connects into the Factor tubing line from the bottle that was just replaced.
6. Open the Factor 1 (2 or 3) and respective Factor Prime clamps.
7. Change the Factor pump speed to 200 mL/hr.
8. Use the syringe connected to the Factor Prime port to pull the incoming air from the
Factor container away from entering the bioreactor ECS. Only pull on this syringe at
the rate the air is being pumped by the Factor pump! Once all air has been diverted
away from entering the bioreactor ECS, reduce the Factor pump speed to the
normally desired speed.
9. Close the Factor Prime clamp.
10. Aseptically replace the syringe on the Factor Prime port with a new 10 mL syringe to
keep the port covered and sterile and ready for use the next time this Factor
container is changed.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-25
Biovest International, Inc.
Simplified Cultureware Usage
8.14 Removal and Storage of pH Probe Items
When the run has ended, follow the Cultureware Removal and Disposal Procedure in
section 7, but include the following extra steps.
Reusable pH Probe:
1. After the cultureware is in the biohazard bag but before it is sealed shut, place
clamps on the pH IN/LO and pH OUT/HI tubing lines near the pH probe near the
quick-coupler connectors. Close the clamps.
2. Rotate the locking rings of the quick-coupler connectors to the unlocked position.
3. Disconnect the pH probe cable from the top of the cultureware.
4. Disconnect the pH probe assembly from the cultureware.
5. Connect the tubing adapter (that was removed and saved during the installation of
the pH probe at the beginning of the run) to the cultureware’s two quick-coupler
connections.
6. Remove the clamps.
7. Seal the biohazard bag and continue with the disposal procedure.
8. Disconnect the cable from the pH probe and connect the electrical cap.
9. Disassemble the pH probe assembly.
10. Rinse the pH probe with tap water and blot it dry.
11. Fill the pH probe storage bottle with fresh pH storage solution.
12. Insert the pH probe in the storage bottle and ensure it does not leak.
13. Store the pH probe and cable in a safe location for later use.
Disposable pH Probe:
1. Before removing the cultureware from the AutovaxID, leave the disposable pH probe
connected to the cultureware but remove it from its reusable holder.
2. Store the reusable holder in a safe location for later use.
3. Continue with the disposal procedure.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
8-26
Biovest International, Inc.
9
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
This section can be used to assist operators with troubleshooting their AutovaxID system and
determining if assistance from Biovest Account Services is necessary.
Be extremely careful when troubleshooting and closely follow the instructions. It is easy to forget
to restore valves to their starting positions, remove overrides, or reconnect tubing. To avoid
most problems with your system, be sure to perform periodic recommended maintenance and to
examine the cultureware carefully.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
9-1
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Loss of power.
No display on touch screen.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
Touch screen not responding or
irrationally responding.
Touch screen is out of
calibration.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
ACTION
Confirm that the power cord is
securely plugged into the back
of the instrument and to an
outlet that is proven to supply
the necessary voltage.
Ensure that the power switch on
the back of the instrument is
turned on.
Unplug the instrument and
check the fuse(s) in the power
entry module (see Section 2.6).
Unplug the instrument and
check that the voltage selection
card in the power entry module
is set to the correct supply
voltage (see Section 2.5).
Note if the red/amber & green
LEDs are illuminated through
the clear window on the front of
the instrument; contact Biovest
Account Services.
If possible, press Menu 
Setup  Calibration. If not
possible, turn the instrument off,
allow 30 seconds to elapse, and
then turn the instrument back
on. Upon power-up, the Touch
Calibration button will appear in
the center of the screen.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-2
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The refrigerator door was
recently opened, possibly for an
extended period of time.
The fluid in the refrigerator was
too warm when it was placed
into the refrigerator.
The ambient air temperature is
outside of the parameters
specified in Section 11.
There is an obstruction
preventing the door from
closing.
The refrigerator is too warm.
There is a build up of ice on the
inner cooling fins of the
refrigerator.
The refrigerator has lost power.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The ambient air temperature is
outside of the parameters
specified in Section 11.
The refrigerator is too cold.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
The fluid in the refrigerator was
too cold when it was placed into
the refrigerator.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
ACTION
Allow the refrigerator
temperature to stabilize for 24
hours and re-check.
Adjust the ambient air
temperature; allow the
refrigerator temperature to
stabilize for 24 hours and recheck.
Check that the factor & harvest
bag tubing lines are properly
inserted into the channels on
the front of the instrument and
that the refrigerator door can
close tightly.
Turn the instrument off and
allow it to sit with the door open
to defrost (see Section 7.27.4).
Confirm that there are no
obstructions in the door
opening. Contact Biovest
Account Services.
Check that the power cord is
plugged into the instrument and
to an outlet that is proven to
supply the necessary voltage.
Check the power switch on the
back of the instrument.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Adjust the ambient air
temperature; allow the
refrigerator temperature to
stabilize for 24 hours and recheck.
Allow the refrigerator
temperature to stabilize for 24
hours and re-check.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-3
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
The instrument cannot raise the
Media Temperature to the
desired setpoint.
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The ambient air temperature is
outside of the parameters
specified in Section 11.
The Media Temperature
setpoint is set too high for the
ambient room temperature.
The basal media supply is too
cold.
Loss of power to the heater.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The ambient air temperature is
outside of the parameters
specified in Section 11.
The instrument exceeds the
desired Media Temperature
setpoint.
The basal media supply is too
warm.
The Media Temperature
setpoint is set too low for the
ambient room temperature.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
There is an IC leak.
The IC pressure is too low.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
ACTION
Adjust the room temperature to
within the specified range.
Either decrease the Media
Temperature setpoint or
increase the room temperature.
The basal supply media should
be ~18°C to allow adequate
media temperature control.
Check for a “Heater current fail”
alarm (see Section 3.6).
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Adjust the room temperature to
be within the specified range.
The basal supply media should
be ~18°C to allow adequate
media temperature control.
Either increase the Media
Temperature setpoint or
decrease the room temperature.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Visually inspect the cultureware
for an IC media leak.
Review the instrument run log
to verify that the cultureware
Pressure Test was performed
and that the cultureware
passed.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-4
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Loose Luer connection or fitting.
A clamp has come loose.
Outflow pump tubing leak.
IC fluid leak.
Clogged tubing or wetted IC
vent filter
The media supply is not
connected.
The Media clamp is closed.
The IC circuit is empty
The connection to the media
container is loose and the
Media pump is drawing in air.
The pump cassette is not
loaded properly.
EC pressure leak.
The EC pressure is too low.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
ACTION
Inspect all Luer and barbed
connections.
Ensure that the appropriate
clamps are closed.
Check the Outflow pump for
worn or damaged tubing.
Visually inspect the IC vent filter
on top of the IC reservoir for
signs of wetting; contact Biovest
Account Services if the filter is
completely wetted.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Connect a media container to
the Media line.
Open the Media clamp so that
the instrument can draw in
media.
Tighten the media line
connection. Proper Q.C. tests
should be implemented as the
cultureware could be
contaminated.
Check for a “Pump head not
latched” alarm (see Section
3.6).
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Visually inspect the cultureware
for an EC media leak.
Review the log to verify that the
cultureware Pressure Test was
performed and that the
cultureware passed.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-5
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The IC is not pressurized.
EC reservoir is empty
EC reservoir is overfilled.
The IC pressure is low.
The EC is not pressurized
The cycle state is overridden.
The level sensors have not
detected the cycling flag.
Cycling has not occurred.
The IC pressure is low.
The EC pressure is low.
The Harvest-EC Valve is
overridden with the EC return
valve closed.
ACTION
Check that the IC vent filter has
not become wetted with media.
Check for an “IC pressure is too
low” alarm (see Section 3.6).
Check for a “Cycling has not
occurred” Alarm (see Section
3.6).
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Check that IC vent filter has not
become wetted with media.
Check for a “Cycling has not
occurred” Alarm (see Section
3.6).
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Verify the Cycle Controller
settings and review the log for
cycling overrides. Clear any
overrides to the Cycle State.
Verify that there are no objects
obstructing the cycling sensors.
Verify that the cycling sensors
are on by looking thru the
window on the front of the
instrument to inspect the
red/amber & green LED lights.
The green LEDs should be
illuminated.
Check that the IC vent filter has
not become wetted with media.
Check that the IC vent filter has
not become wetted with media.
Clear any overrides to the
Harvest-EC Valve.
Contact Biovest Account
Services
AutovaxID Operations Manual
9-6
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
Cycling is taking too long
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The cultureware has become
plugged with cells.
The Harvest-EC Valve is
overridden.
The Cycling State has been
overridden.
The cultureware is not installed
properly.
There is no fluid in the IC.
There is no circulation.
The fluid level in the IC
reservoir is too low.
There is air in the Circulation
pump.
The Circulation pump is
overridden to off or 0.
The Circulation pump is running
too fast.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
Instrument hardware failure.
ACTION
Perform a Cell Removal (see
Section 7.20).
Clear any overrides to the
Harvest-EC Valve.
Clear any overrides to the
Cycling State.
Contact Biovest Account
Services
Override the valves to the
Load/Unload position, and then
place the instrument on Hold.
Unlatch and then re-install the
cultureware. Resume the
pumps from Hold and clear the
valve overrides.
Make sure the Media clamp is
open and the pump cassette is
properly installed.
Temporarily override the Media
pump to fill the IC reservoir 1/2
full.
The Circulation pump is design
to clear itself of air. Allow 1 hour
to elapse and re-check
circulation.
Clear the override to the
Circulation pump.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-7
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
pH is too high.
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The CO2 supply line is
disconnected or has become
blocked.
There is an override on the gas
blend.
Incorrect media or media
preparation.
The instrument is out of media.
Erroneous pH calibration
There is an override on the gas
blend.
Incorrect media or media
preparation.
pH is too low.
Erroneous pH calibration
The offgas line has become
obstructed.
Faulty cable or connections.
pH is not stable.
Malfunctioning pH probe.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
ACTION
Check that the CO2 supply line
is connected and there is a flow
of CO2 at the instrument.
Clear the override to the gas
blend.
Review the media specification
and compare it to the
recommended media
preparation outlined in Section
7.2.2.
Attach a new container of media
to the Media line.
Perform a pH calibration (see
Section 7.9)
Contact Biovest Account
Services
Clear the override to the gas
blend.
Review the media specification
and compare it to the
recommended media
preparation outlined in Section
7.2.2.
Perform a pH calibration (see
Section 7.9).
Inspect the offgas line and
remove any obstruction, or
replace the line.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Override the valves to the
Load/Unload position, and then
place the instrument on Hold.
Unlatch and then re-install the
cultureware. Resume the
pumps from Hold and clear the
valve overrides.
Verify that the cultureware
latches are closed tightly
Confirm the pH of the media
using an offline method.
Use Gas overrides to manually
control the pH through rest of
run.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-8
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The maximum allowed value of
the Media pump as set in the
pump Controller has been
reached.
The pH is out of calibration.
The lactate value too high.
The lactate level is out of
calibration.
The instrument is out of media.
The minimum allowed value of
the Media pump as set in by the
pump Controller is too high.
The pH is out of calibration.
The lactate level is too low.
The lactate level is out of
calibration.
The outflow or harvest bag is
full.
The calculated volume pumped
has reached the alarm point.
The container capacity is not
set correctly.
The media or factor bag is
empty.
The calculated volume pumped
has reached the alarm point.
The container capacity is not
set correctly.
The instrument registered a
“Startup, possible clock failure”
alarm.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
The battery and/or the single
board computer have failed.
ACTION
Increase the maximum Media
pump rate on the Media pump
Controller screen.
Perform a pH calibration (see
Section 7.9).
Calibrate the pH and lactate.
Variations in media can result in
differences in lactate calibration.
See Section 7.11 for more
detail.
Attach a new container of media
to the Media line.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Decrease the minimum Media
pump rate in the Media pump
Controller screen.
Perform a pH calibration (see
Section 7.9).
Calibrate the pH and lactate.
Variations in media can result in
differences in lactate calibration.
See section 7.11 for more
detail.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Exchange the full bag with an
empty one following the
procedure for changing
containers (see Section 7.17).
Adjust the container capacity
from the pump Controller
screen.
Exchange the empty bag with
one containing the correct fluid
following the procedure for
changing containers (see
Section 7.17).
Adjust the container capacity
from the pump Controller
screen.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-9
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
The instrument registered a
“Startup, down time” alarm.
The instrument registered an
“Instrument data recovery
failure” alarm.
The instrument logged that it
restored from secondary state
file.
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The instrument was running and
was turned off and then back
on.
A power fluctuation caused the
instrument to reboot.
The battery and/or the single
board computer have failed.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
The battery and/or the single
board computer have failed.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
The pump drive failed to sync
with the motor.
Place the pumps on Hold, and
then Resume the pumps.
Place the pumps on Hold,
remove the pump cassette,
inspect the pump and cassette
for foreign objects, reinstall and
then Resume the pumps.
Place the pumps on Hold,
remove the pump cassette,
make sure the pump tubing lies
in the pump cassette correctly,
reinstall and then Resume the
pumps.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
A foreign object is in the pump
and/or the pump cassette.
The Outflow, Media, Factor,
and/or Harvest pump has
stalled.
The pump tubing is not seated
properly.
The Outflow, Media, Factor,
and/or Harvest pump is racing.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
ACTION
Train users not to turn the
instrument off during a cell
culture run.
Use an uninterruptible power
supply to prevent power
fluctuations.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
9-10
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
A power disturbance has
occurred.
The instrument has registered a
“Board offline” alarm.
The instrument has registered a
“Board reset” alarm.
The instrument has registered a
“Board corrupt ROM” alarm.
A communication cable has
come loose.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
A power disturbance has
occurred.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
Pump cassette is not in place.
The instrument has registered a
“Pump head not latched” alarm.
The pump cassette has been
damaged.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The cultureware is not in place.
The instrument has registered a
The cultureware has been
“Cultureware not latched” alarm.
damaged.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The CO2 inlet pressure is low.
The instrument has registered a
“CO2 inlet pressure low” alarm.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
The CO2 supply line is
disconnected or has become
blocked.
The CO2 filter has become
blocked.
ACTION
Clear the alarm and monitor. If
alarm recurs, contact Biovest
Account Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Clear the alarm and monitor. If
alarm recurs, contact Biovest
Account Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Do not use instrument and
contact Biovest Account
Services.
Place the pump cassette in the
pump and lock in place using
the knob on the side of the
instrument.
Check the pump cassette for
damage and retry.
Do not use instrument and
contact Biovest Account
Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Place a cultureware into the
instrument and lock in place
using the latches on the top and
side of the instrument.
Check the cultureware for
damage and retry.
Do not use instrument and
contact Biovest Account
Services.
Increase the CO2 inlet pressure
to the pressure specified in
Section 11.
Check that the CO2 supply line
is connected and there is a flow
of CO2 at the instrument.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
9-11
Biovest International, Inc.
SYMPTOM
The instrument has registered
an “Air inlet pressure low”
alarm.
The instrument has registered a
“Heater current failure low”
alarm.
Troubleshooting
POSSIBLE CAUSE
The air filter has become
blocked.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The over-temperature switch
has been tripped.
The thermal fuse has been
blown.
The heater fuse has blown.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
The instrument has registered a
“Valve failure” alarm.
The valve drive failed to sync
with the motor.
The instrument is experiencing
a hardware failure.
ACTION
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Allow the instrument to cool and
retry.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Retry moving the valve. If failure
continues, contact Biovest
Account Services.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
The instrument has registered
an alarm for the pump being on
hold too long.
The pumps have been on hold
too long.
Resume the run.
The instrument has registered a
“Missing calibrations” alarm.
A calibration has not been done
on the instrument.
The calibration data file has
become corrupt.
Conduct a calibration on the
instrument.
Contact Biovest Account
Services.
Wet or discolored area around
Off Gas port on rear cover of
instrument.
Offgas line is not connected.
Install an offgas line per Section
2.7.2.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
9-12
Biovest International, Inc.
10
Remote Access
Remote Access
The AutovaxID is designed to optionally allow the use of a remote computer to access various
instrument functions. Remote access requires that the AutovaxID be connected to a facility’s
computer network (LAN). Each facility must consider the impact of remote access relative to
their individual security policies.
Note: The remote control feature can be disabled in the Instrument Setup screens (see
Section 6) if a facility has a concern about security.
Using Remote Access, operators can remotely monitor and control the AutovaxID using a
network-attached computer and a standard web browser. Remote access is described below
and is briefly discussed elsewhere throughout the manual.
To monitor or control an AutovaxID remotely, you must know the IP address of the instrument. If
you are on the same physical and logical network as the AutovaxID instrument that you wish to
monitor, then point your web browser to:
http://111.222.333.444
where 111.222.333.444 is the IP address of the instrument that you wish to access. Please see
the AutovaxID system administrator or your IT personnel to determine this address – it will be
unique for each instrument.
If you wish to access the AutovaxID from off-site or from a different physical or logical network,
please contact you IT department for assistance. Typically a secure virtual private network
(VPN) is required for off-site access, though your IT department may have other preferred
connection methods.
10.1 Home Page
The first web page that appears after pointing your web browser to the IP address of the
instrument (see above) can be used to monitor the instrument. It provides a summary of
the status of the instrument and displays the same information as the Monitor screen
(see Figure 10-1). Nothing on this screen can be modified. The web page will
automatically refresh every sixty seconds (one minute).
Note: At this refresh rate, some sensor behavior may be overlooked. If an alarm
has occurred but the remote instrument status appears normal, do not simply
clear the alarm without any further investigation. All alarms should be
investigated and cleared directly at the instrument.
If there are no active alarms, the State field (top left) will be displayed with a White
background (see Figure 10-1). Conversely, if there is at least one active alarm, the State
field will have a red background (see Figure 10-2).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-1
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
Figure 10-1: Remote Access Home Page, No Alarms
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-2
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
Figure 10-2: Remote Access Home Page With Alarm
From the main remote access screen, two additional pages may be accessed: a log
pages that can be used to view and download the run logs, and a remote page that can
be used to remotely control the AutovaxID instrument.
10.2 Remote Control
Remote control of the AutovaxID is achieved through a clickable web image that shows
the actual instrument screen and allows mouse clicks to act as the touchscreen input.
The remote control screen is primarily useful to perform control changes remotely, such
as changing a pump rate.
Note: If remote access is used, an operator will not typically know if there is a
leak or other physical instrument problem. In some cases, the operator may
need to be standing in front of the instrument to make process control changes
or perform calibrations during a cell culture run to ensure that the change has
the desired result and does not cause any damage to the cell culture or
flowpath.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-3
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
It is important to remember that remote access interacts directly with the AutovaxID
instrument. The web browser is simply providing a means of accessing the instrument
from a remote location, such as outside of a cleanroom or from a home computer. The
AutovaxID user interface, as viewed in web browser, functions exactly as it does on the
AutovaxID itself. The only difference is that the mouse must be used instead of touch
input.
In fact, if an operator is standing in front of an AutovaxID instrument while another
operator is accessing and commanding it remotely, the on-site operator will witness the
screen changes and inputs that are being performed by the remote operator.
Note: Depending upon the quality of the network connection, an operator using
remote access may need to wait briefly for the screen to refresh after a mouse click
or alphanumeric input.
Note: Just as with direct access, individual key presses that are initiated remotely
cannot be witnessed on site. For example, entering a password remotely will still
show as asterisks on the screen (both locally and remotely), and anyone standing in
front of the instrument during the remote access session will not be able to see what
keys are being pressed while the password is being input.
Click on the Remote button on the home page to bring up the AutovaxID user interface
(see Figure 10-3). Using this Remote Control View, an operator can interact with the
instrument as if they were using the touchscreen. Access to all instrument functions is
the same as if you were using the AutovaxID software on the instrument itself. Refer to
other sections of this manual for assistance. Likewise, all events are automatically
logged, though there is no indication that any particular action was performed remotely.
The Remote Control View does NOT automatically refresh. It will only refresh upon user
input (such as clicking a field or typing an alphanumeric character), or by clicking the
Refresh button. For active monitoring, it is recommended that the home page be used
instead of the Remote Control View.
CAUTION!
If user names and passwords are in use, be sure to log off before closing the
web browser or walking away from your computer. An operator using the
touchscreen on the instrument may make changes to the instrument settings
using your user permissions if you do not log off. Likewise, you should log off
from the touchscreen to prevent other users from making changes remotely
while using your permissions.
If you have forgotten to log off, re-open the web browser, return to the remote
control view, and click the Logoff button.
Alternatively, you will be logged off automatically by the AutovaxID system if a
logoff timeout has been programmed. However, for security reasons, this is not
a recommended logoff method.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-4
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
Figure 10-3: Remote Control View
10.3 Log Web Pages
From the Home Page or the Remote Control View (see Figure 10-1 or Figure 10-3), click
the Log button to access the Log Menu (see Figure 10-4). An operator can use this page
to view or save the instrument logs (current or historical).
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-5
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
Figure 10-4: Log Menu Page
10.3.1 Saving a Log
Any current or historical log can be downloaded (saved) in one of two formats:
Raw or Text. To download a complete log, first select the log from the pull down
box on the Log Menu page: Current or History 1 through 8. Then click the
Download All button to download the entire contents of the selected log.
The next page, the Download Log Menu, will allow you to select the file format
that you prefer (see Figure 10-5). The text format will display the log in the web
browser, thereby allowing you to save it to a text file (see Figure 10-6). (For
example, in Internet Explorer, click File  Save As…, then save the file in txt
format.) The log file will be space delimited, and the top row will contain the
column headings.
The raw format will save the file as a .xlg file. This is the file format used by the
AutovaxID software to save the log data and is proprietary to Biovest. While this
file can be saved as a method of archiving the log, a conversion utility is required
to read its contents. Please contact Biovest Account Services if you wish to make
use of this file format.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-6
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
Figure 10-5: Download Log Menu
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-7
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
Figure 10-6: Text Log in Web Browser
10.3.2 Viewing a Log
Any current or historical log can be viewed two ways: by using the Alarm/Log
screen via Remote Control or by viewing as a web page from the Log Menu
page. To view the log as a web page, first select the log from the pulldown box
on the Log Menu page: Current or History 1 through 8. Then select the log items
that you would like to view (Events, Alarms, and/or Status lines), the number of
lines that you would like to view on each page, and if you would like to view the
last log entries first (Tail) (see Figure 10-4). Finally, when all options are set, click
the View button.
Figure 10-7 shows a log data page with ten lines displayed (lines 11 – 20 of 111).
Notice that events are shaded yellow, alarms are shaded red, and status lines
are shaded green for easy recognition.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-8
Biovest International, Inc.
Remote Access
Figure 10-7: Log Data Web Page
The log can be navigated by clicking on the appropriate buttons on the web
page: <<Top, <Back, Next>, End>>. The <<Top and <Back buttons do not
appear if you are at the beginning of the log; likewise, the Next> and End>>
buttons do not appear if you are at the end of the log.
10.4 Alternative Remote Access
There are other ways to remotely access the AutovaxID instrument using other systems
(LIMS, MES, etc.) or programs. Please contact Biovest International Account Services
for assistance.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
10-9
Biovest International, Inc.
11
Specifications
Specifications
WARNING:
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE ANY PANELS
FROM THE INSTRUMENT. THERE ARE NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
WARNING:
If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the
protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.
WARNING:
A properly grounded main supply must be used for safe operation of the
equipment. Connect to an appropriately grounded outlet. Consult local electrical
codes.
CAUTION:
Wherever a caution statement is used the documentation needs to be consulted
in order to find out the nature of the potential hazard and any action which may
need to be taken. Failure to do so may result in injury or damage to the system.
NOTE:
The power cord serves as the disconnecting device for the instrument. The
instrument must be positioned such that access to the power plug is never
blocked.
NOTE:
All equipment is for indoor use only.
Biovest International services all components of the AutovaxID.
Facilities should add the AutovaxID to their list of equipment that require routine
maintenance.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
11-1
Biovest International, Inc.
Specifications
Electrical
Requirements:
600 Watts Max
100 VAC, 6 Amp Max, 60 Hz
120 VAC, 5 Amp Max, 60 Hz
230 VAC, 2.6 AMP Max, 50 Hz
240 VAC, 2.5 AMP Max, 50 Hz
Note: Supply Voltage not to exceed ±10% of nominal voltage
Recommended
Backup:
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
On-line 600 VA nominal, sine wave form
Main Fuse:
For 100 VAC: One 6.25 Amp 3AG Time Delayed (SLO-BLO), ¼” × 1¼”
For 120 VAC: One 5 Amp 3AG Time Delayed (SLO-BLO), ¼” × 1¼”
For 220 and 240 VAC: Two 3.15 Amp Type T (SLO-BLO), Metric 5 × 20 mm
Heater Fuse:
2.5 Amp Type T (SLO-BLO), Metric 5 x 20 mm
(Not intended for replacement by Operator)
Battery Type:
Lithium CR1225, 3 Volt (Soldered to SBC)
Lithium CR2032, 3 Volt (below Serial Number 10040)
(Not intended for replacement by Operator)
Operating Temperature:
External (Ambient): 20 – 30 °C
Internal (Incubator): 37°C Nominal
Relative Humidity:
15 to 90 % non-condensing
Storage Temperature (Ambient):
15 – 38 °C
Storage Relative Humidity (Ambient):
Shipping Temperature (Ambient):
10 – 95 %, non-condensing
-30 – 55 °C
Cultureware Storage Temperature (Ambient):
15 – 38 °C
Cultureware Storage Relative Humidity (Ambient):
Cultureware Shipping Temperature (Ambient):
10 – 95 %, non-condensing
2 – 55 °C DO NOT FREEZE
Cultureware Shipping Relative Humidity (Ambient):
10 – 95 %, non-condensing
Instrument Dimensions:
Door Closed: 19” H x 20” W x 20” D
(48cm H x 51cm W x 51cm D)
Door Open: 19” H x 20” W x 27.5” D
(48cm H x 51cm W x 70cm D)
Instrument Weight:
Pollution Degree:
Maximum Altitude:
66 lb (30kg), uncrated
II
2000 meters
Installation (Overvoltage) Category:
Gas
Requirements:
II (local level)
100% Carbon Dioxide (CO2), medical grade, regulated to 12 ±1 psi
CO2 Consumption: 35 mL/min @ 20% GEX blend (nominal)
Air Supply: On-board air compressor
Offgas: As needed, slight vacuum
AutovaxID Operations Manual
11-2
Biovest International, Inc.
Approximate
Flowpath
Volumes:
Specifications
Standard cultureware with single 1.1m2 bioreactor (600320-211):
Total System Volume: 600 mL
EC Volume: 235 mL (mid-cycle)
Standard cultureware with single 2.1m2 bioreactor (600320-221):
Total System Volume: 670 mL
EC Volume: 305 mL (mid-cycle)
Legacy cultureware with single 1.1m2 bioreactor (600290-211):
Total System Volume: 600 mL
EC Volume: 235 mL (mid-cycle)
Legacy cultureware with single 2.1m2 bioreactor (600290-221):
Total System Volume: 670 mL
EC Volume: 305 mL (mid-cycle)
Simplified cultureware with single 1.1m2 bioreactor (600307-211):
Total System Volume: 400 mL
EC Volume: 90 mL
Simplified cultureware with three 0.5m2 bioreactors (600308-205):
Total System Volume: 460 mL
EC Volume: 55 mL per bioreactor
Factor Bag Assembly Liquid Volume:
Harvest Bag Assembly Liquid Volume:
Fill to 3L maximum
Fill to 3L maximum
Peristaltic Pump Rates:
Outflow Pump: 0 – 480 mL/hr, 1 mL/hr increment
Media Pump: 0 – 400 mL/hr, 1 mL/hr increment
Factor Pump: 0 – 400 mL/hr, 1 mL/hr increment
Harvest Pump: 0 – 400 mL/hr, 1 mL/hr increment
Circulation Pump Rate:
pH Measurement Range:
Off; 200 – 500 mL/min, 1 mL/min increment
6.00 – 8.00 (theoretical)
15 – 45 °C (subject to ambient conditions)
Incubator Temperature Range:
Refrigerator Temperature Range:
EC Level Sensor Type:
Non-contact, convergent photoelectric
IC/EC Pressure Sensor Type:
IC/EC Pressure Sensor Range:
CO2 Sensor Range:
4 – 25 °C (not exceeding ambient conditions)
Piezoresistive Silicon
0 – 375 mmHg (0 – 7.25 psi)
0 – 20 %
AutovaxID Operations Manual
11-3
Biovest International, Inc.
Specifications
AutovaxID™ Flowpath Schematic
For Standard Cultureware
AutovaxID Operations Manual
11-4
Biovest International, Inc.
Specifications
AutovaxID™ Flowpath Schematic
For Legacy Cultureware
Figure 11-2
AutovaxID Operations Manual
11-5
Biovest International, Inc.
12
Glossary
Glossary
Administrator
Person who is qualified to supervise the operation of an instrument,
perform manual overrides, and add other users to the system.
Alarm Notification
Optional capability to use a remote computer to display alarms whenever
an alarm occurs.
Authorized User
A person who has the proper permissions to use the AutovaxID.
Permissions are defined by the user classification (administrator vs. nonadministrator) and by use of strict mode. If user names and passwords are
not in use (enabled), then any walk up user has the permissions of an
administrator.
Bioreactor (BRX)
Unit containing thousands of hollow fibers where media exchange occurs
and the cell culture grows.
BRX
Abbreviation for Bioreactor.
BSC
Acronym for Biological Safety Cabinet.
Circulation Pump
Centrifugal pump which circulates media through the IC of the flowpath.
Conditioned Media
Used to describe the media circulating within the IC and EC of the
cultureware. The media is a homogenous mixture of nutrients, gasses,
waste products and protein.
Cultureware
The disposable component of the system, which includes the Bioreactor,
Gas Exchange Cartridge, pH probe, temperature probe, EC and IC
chambers, the peristaltic pump head, the factor and harvest bags, and all
tubing. (see Flowpath)
Cycling
The movement of media across the bioreactor fibers (transmembrane)
between the ICS and the ECS. One complete cycle consists of an EC Rise
and an EC Fall.
ETO
Ethylene Oxide
Expansion Chamber
The fluid reservoir in the Expansion Circuit.
Extracapillary Space
(ECS)
The volume in the bioreactor outside of the hollow fibers where cells are
grown and product is retained until harvested. Part of the EC.
Extracapillary Circuit
(EC)
The portion of the flowpath that includes the outside of the fibers in the
bioreactor, the EC reservoir, the factor bags, the harvest bags, and their
interconnecting tubing. The EC is separated from the IC by the walls of the
hollow fibers.
External Computer
See Remote Computer
Factor
A supplement, or additive, to a growth media. This may be serum, insulin,
transferrin, or other components typically added to the ECS media.
Flowpath
All components of the EC and IC; see Cultureware.
Gas Exchange
Cartridge (GEX)
The cartridge in the cultureware which is responsible for the introduction of
O2 (via air flow) and the introduction or removal of CO2 to maintain pH.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
12-1
Biovest International, Inc.
Glossary
Growth Phase
The early stage of cell growth when growth is exponential.
Harvest
The process of collecting media containing cell secreted product. Or the
media which contains the cell product or the protein of interest.
Hollow Fibers
The thousands of semi-permeable tubes within the bioreactor. They
function as a membrane with a nominal molecular weight cutoff of 10kDa.
They permit the exchange of nutrients and wastes and can serve as the
growth substrate for cultured cells.
Intracapillary Circuit
(IC)
The portion of the flowpath which includes the inside of the fibers, the IC
reservoir, and their interconnecting tubing. The IC is separated from the
EC by the walls of the hollow fibers.
Intracapillary Space
(ICS)
The volume inside of the fibers of the bioreactor.
Lactate Control
The instrument can automatically regulate the media flow rates and CO2
gassing to control lactate levels inside the Bioreactor.
Manual Override
When an operator enters a software setting or changes a value manually,
rather than relying on the software to automatically control the instrument.
Overrides take precedence over process control.
MWCO
Molecular Weight Cutoff
Outflow
Effluent from the IC, conditioned media containing metabolic by-products
which are small enough to pass through the pores of the fibers.
Sometimes referred to as Waste.
Oxygenator
See Gas Exchange Cartridge (GEX).
Peristaltic Pump
The Media, Factor, Harvest, and Outflow pumps which move fluid into and
out-of the cultureware (flowpath) in a pulse-like flow.
Production Phase
The phase of a cell culture run when cell growth has leveled off and target
protein production is maximized.
Pump Cassette
The plastic guide for the peristaltic pumps which securely holds the tubing
and locks into the pump.
Remote Computer
A computer connected through the LAN or directly to the Ethernet port in
the back panel of the AutovaxID instrument.
Run Sequence
The defined steps that are taken to prepare and carry out a cell culture
run.
Sample
A small portion of media aseptically removed from the flowpath for off-line
analysis.
Sample Port
A controlled opening in the flowpath which permits removal of fluid for
analysis.
SBC
Single Board Computer
Schedule Controller
User-defined pump flow rate changes that occur according to a timed
schedule defined by the operator.
Setpoint
The desired value of a given entry which is maintained by the software.
AutovaxID Operations Manual
12-2
Biovest International, Inc.
Glossary
Supernatant
Harvested cell products.
Time Cycle Controller
User-defined pump flow rate changes that occur in a repeating time-based
pattern according to a cycle defined by the operator.
Tubing Slots
Grooves in the instrument panel to route tubing into and out of the
refrigerator compartment.
Transmembrane
Across the fibers of the bioreactor.
Vent Filters
The in-line filters in the flowpath (in the IC reservoir and at the top of the
GEX) that allow gases but not media to enter and exit the flowpath, and
prevent pressure buildup in the flowpath.
Waste
See Outflow
AutovaxID Operations Manual
12-3
Biovest International, Inc.
13
Parts List
Parts List
The following list provides ordering information for disposable cultureware, sterile disposables,
and miscellaneous parts for running the instrument. If you need an item that is not on the list,
Biovest may be able to supply it - please contact your sales representative.
Part Number
Description
Instruments
600285-100
600285-120
600285-230
600285-240
AutovaxID Cell Culture System, 100VAC
AutovaxID Cell Culture System, 120VAC
AutovaxID Cell Culture System, 230VAC
AutovaxID Cell Culture System, 240VAC
Cultureware Options
600307-211
AutovaxID Simplified Cultureware, One 1.1m2 Bioreactor
(excludes EC Cycling, pH Probe, Factor and Harvest bags)
600308-205
AutovaxID Simplified Cultureware, Three 0.5m2 Bioreactors
(excludes EC Cycling, pH Probe, Factor and Harvest bags)
600320-211
AutovaxID Standard Cultureware, One 1.1m2 Bioreactor
(includes EC Cycling, pH Probe, Factor and Harvest bags)
600320-221
AutovaxID Standard Cultureware, One 2.1m2 Bioreactor
(includes EC Cycling, pH Probe, Factor and Harvest bags)
Legacy Cultureware Options
600290-211
AutovaxID Legacy Cultureware, One 1.1m2 Bioreactor
(includes EC Cycling, pH Probe, Factor and Harvest bags)
600290-221
AutovaxID Legacy Cultureware, One 2.1m2 Bioreactor
(includes EC Cycling, pH Probe, Factor and Harvest bags)
Optional Sterile General Cultureware Accessories
600288-000
Spare Factor Bag Set, Sterile, 3L Total Volume, Single-Use
(use with 600290-XXX Legacy cultureware only)
600295-000
Spare Harvest Bag Set, Sterile, 3L Total Volume, Single-Use
600063-000
Mid-Volume In-Line Media Filters, Sterile, Single Use
(4 per package; 1 per sterile pack)
600063-001
High-Volume In-Line Media Filters, Sterile, Single Use
(4 per package; 1 per sterile pack)
600100-072
1/16” ID Sterile Tubing Extension Line, Silicone, 72” (183 cm), Single-Use
Used to extend Outflow, Media, Factor, Harvest, IC Sample, Inoculate,
Supernatant Sample, and Factor Prime tubing lines to reach the laminar
flow hood
AutovaxID Operations Manual
13-1
Biovest International, Inc.
600101-072
600294-000
600318-000
Parts List
1/8” ID Sterile Tubing Extension Line, Silicone, 72” (183 cm), Single-Use
Used to 1) extend Cell Removal tubing line to reach the laminar flow hood
and 2) refill 600320-XXX cultureware Factor bags
Supernatant Tubing Extension Line, Sterile, 24” (61 cm)
(Used to extend Supernatant tubing line to reach laminar flow hood)
Luer-Activated Valve (LAV) Kit, 15 each of:
• Sterile and Individually Packaged LAVs
• Polypropylene Luer Dust Covers (Sterilizable)
Reusable pH Probe Items (when using simplified cultureware only)
103037-000
Reusable pH Probe, Autoclave-Sterilizable
103047-000
pH Storage Solution
103150-000
BNC to Two-Pin Adapter
401111-000
pH Probe Cable
600298-000
pH Probe Case
600300-000
Autoclave Tubing Lines, Single-Use
600301-000
Set of O-rings (for 600298-000), Single-Use
Disposable pH Probe Items (when using simplified cultureware only)
600305-000
pH Probe Assembly, Sterile, Single-Use (requires 600306-000)
600306-000
Reusable Holder (for 600305-000)
Reusable Glass Bottles and Polypropylene Ported Cap Assemblies
Bottles are borosilicate with polypropylene pouring ring, GL45 thread and volume markings.
Caps are polypropylene with two liquid ports (accept male luer slip connection), one vent port
(1825-000 filter purchased separately), and they include internal silicone tubing to deliver or
collect fluid. Each part number is a package of four items.
600013-000
Media Bottle, 0.5 liter
600014-000
Media Bottle, 1.0 liter
600015-000
Media Bottle, 2.0 liters
600016-000
Media Bottle, 5.0 liters
600017-000
Media Bottle, 10.0 liters
600018-000
Delivery Cap Assembly, 0.5 liter
600019-000
Delivery Cap Assembly, 1.0 liter
600020-000
Delivery Cap Assembly, 2.0 liters
600021-000
Delivery Cap Assembly, 5.0 liters
600022-000
Delivery Cap Assembly, 10.0 liters
600023-000
Receiving Cap Assembly, use on any volume bottle
600061-000
Bottle & Cap Startup Package, includes:
• Six 1-liter bottles
• Four 10-liter bottles
• Two 10-liter delivery cap assemblies
• Four 1-liter delivery cap assemblies
AutovaxID Operations Manual
13-2
Biovest International, Inc.
Parts List
• Four receiving cap assemblies (fit any size bottle)
• One box of vent filters
Plastic Bottles and Ported Cap Assemblies
400836-000
Ported Cap Assembly for 2L PETG Bottle, Sterile (one each)
400840-000
2L PETG Bottle with Ported Cap Assembly, Non-Sterile (one each)
400842-000
250 mL Polycarbonate Bottle with Ported Cap Assembly, Non-Sterile
(one each)
Miscellaneous
1825-000
2380-600
102778-001
102787-000
Vent Filter, .2µm, Non-Sterile, Single Use (50 per package)
(use 1 per ported bottle cap assembly when that is reused)
Tygon Off Gas Line Tubing, 1/8” ID, 60” long, Non-Sterile
Cabinet Fan Filter
Refrigerator Rack
Services
CALIB
SERV
SERV CON
401199-000
Calibration (recommend annually)
Installation Qualification, Calibration, Operation Qualification
Service Contract (renewable, one-year coverage)
Preventive Maintenance (recommend every five years)
AutovaxID Operations Manual
13-3
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement